On a 32-bit machine, BIT() macro does not give the required
bit value if the bit is mroe than 31. In ieee802_11_parse_elems_crc(),
BIT() is suppossed to get the bit value more than 31 (42 (id of ERP_INFO_IE),
37 (CHANNEL_SWITCH_IE), (42), 32 (POWER_CONSTRAINT_IE), 45 (HT_CAP_IE),
61 (HT_INFO_IE)). As we do not get the required bit value for the above
IEs, crc over these IEs are never calculated, so any dynamic change in these
IEs after the association is not really handled on 32-bit platforms.
This patch fixes this issue.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/rfkill/core.c: In function 'rfkill_type_show':
net/rfkill/core.c:610: warning: control may reach end of non-void function 'rfkill_get_type_str' being inlined
A gcc bug, but simple enough to squish.
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Not only ps_sdata but also IEEE80211_CONF_PS is to be considered
before restoring PS in scan_ps_disable(). For instance, when ps_sdata
is set but CONF_PS is not set just because the dynamic timer is still
running, a sw scan leads to setting of CONF_PS in scan_ps_disable
instead of restarting the dynamic PS timer.
Also for the above case, a null data frame is to be sent after
returning to operating channel which was not happening with the
current implementation. This patch fixes this too.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
hwsim testing has revealed that when the MLME
recalculates the idle state of the device, it
sometimes does so before sending the final
deauthentication or disassociation frame. This
patch changes the place where the idle state
is recalculated, but of course driver transmit
is typically asynchronous while configuration
is expected to be synchronous, so it doesn't
fix all possible cases yet.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'core-printk-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip:
ratelimit: Make suppressed output messages more useful
printk: Remove ratelimit.h from kernel.h
ratelimit: Fix/allow use in atomic contexts
ratelimit: Use per ratelimit context locking
My patch "mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code"
uses an skb queue for MPDUs that were released from the
buffer. I intentially didn't initialise and use the skb
queue's spinlock, but in this place forgot that the code
variant that doesn't touch the spinlock is needed.
Thanks to Christian Lamparter for quickly spotting the
bug in the backtrace Reinette reported.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Bug-identified-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An earlier optimization on removing unnecessary traffic on cooked
monitor interfaces ("mac80211: reduce the amount of unnecessary traffic
on cooked monitor interfaces ") ended up removing quite a bit more
than just unnecessary traffic. It was not supposed to remove TX status
reporting for injected frames, but ended up doing it by checking the
injected flag in skb->cb only after that field had been cleared with
memset.. Fix this by taking a local copy of the injected flag before
skb->cb is cleared.
This broke user space applications that depend on getting TX status
notifications for injected data frames. For example, STA inactivity
poll from hostapd did not work and ended up kicking out stations even
if they were still present.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I've just noticed that some events are no longer propagated
for some wireless drivers. Basically, SET request with a extra payload
for driver without commit handler. The fix is pretty simple, see
attached.
Actually, a few lines below this line, you will see that the
event generation for simple SET (iwpoint-less ?) is done properly,
and this other event generation does not need fixing.
Signed-off-by: Jean Tourrilhes <jt@hpl.hp.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
fix some typos and punctuation in comments
Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@holoscopio.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
After TCP RCU conversion, tw->tw_refcnt should not be set to 1 in
inet_twsk_alloc(). It allows a RCU reader to get this timewait socket,
while we not yet stabilized it.
Only choice we have is to set tw_refcnt to 0 in inet_twsk_alloc(),
then atomic_add() it later, once everything is done.
Location of this atomic_add() is tricky, because we dont want another
writer to find this timewait in ehash, while tw_refcnt is still zero !
Thanks to Kapil Dakhane tests and reports.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Its currently possible that several threads issuing a connect() find
the same timewait socket and try to reuse it, leading to list
corruptions.
Condition for bug is that these threads bound their socket on same
address/port of to-be-find timewait socket, and connected to same
target. (SO_REUSEADDR needed)
To fix this problem, we could unhash timewait socket while holding
ehash lock, to make sure lookups/changes will be serialized. Only
first thread finds the timewait socket, other ones find the
established socket and return an EADDRNOTAVAIL error.
This second version takes into account Evgeniy's review and makes sure
inet_twsk_put() is called outside of locked sections.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both netlink and /proc/net/tcp interfaces can report transient
negative values for rx queue.
ss ->
State Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address:Port Peer Address:Port
ESTAB -6 6 127.0.0.1:45956 127.0.0.1:3333
netstat ->
tcp 4294967290 6 127.0.0.1:37784 127.0.0.1:3333 ESTABLISHED
This is because we dont lock socket while computing
tp->rcv_nxt - tp->copied_seq,
and another CPU can update copied_seq before rcv_next in RX path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide common routine for the transition of operational state for a leaf
device during a root device transition.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Mullaney <pmullaney@novell.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce soft connect behavior for UDP transports. In this case, a
major timeout returns ETIMEDOUT instead of EIO.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Currently, if a remote RPC service is unreachable, an RPC ping will
hang until the underlying transport connect attempt times out. A more
desirable behavior might be to have the ping fail immediately so upper
layers can recover appropriately.
In the case of an NFS mount, for instance, this would mean the
mount(2) system call could fail immediately if the server isn't
listening, rather than hanging uninterruptibly for more than 3
minutes.
Change rpc_ping() so that it fails immediately for connection-oriented
transports. rpc_create() will then fail immediately for such
transports if an RPC ping was requested.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Autobinding is handled by the rpciod process, not in user processes
that are generating regular RPC requests. Thus autobinding is usually
not affected by signals targetting user processes, such as KILL or
timer expiration events.
In addition, an RPC request generated by a user process that has
RPC_TASK_SOFTCONN set and needs to perform an autobind will hang if
the remote rpcbind service is not available.
For rpcbind queries on connection-oriented transports, let's use the
new soft connect semantic to return control to the user's process
quickly, if the kernel's rpcbind client can't connect to the remote
rpcbind service.
Logic is introduced in call_bind_status() to handle connection errors
that occurred during an asynchronous rpcbind query. The logic
abandons the rpcbind query if the RPC request has SOFTCONN set, and
retries after a few seconds in the normal case.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Use TCP with the soft connect semantic for local rpcbind upcalls so
the kernel can detect immediately if the local rpcbind daemon is not
running.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
The kernel's rpcbind client creates and deletes an rpc_clnt and its
underlying transport socket for every upcall to the local rpcbind
daemon.
When starting a typical NFS server on IPv4 and IPv6, the NFS service
itself does three upcalls (one per version) times two upcalls (one
per transport) times two upcalls (one per address family), making 12,
plus another one for the initial call to unregister previous NFS
services. Starting the NLM service adds an additional 13 upcalls,
for similar reasons.
(Currently the NFS service doesn't start IPv6 listeners, but it will
soon enough).
Instead, let's create an rpc_clnt for rpcbind upcalls during the
first local rpcbind query, and cache it. This saves the overhead of
creating and destroying an rpc_clnt and a socket for every upcall.
The new logic also prevents the kernel from attempting an RPCB_SET or
RPCB_UNSET if it knows from the start that the local portmapper does
not support rpcbind protocol version 4. This will cut down on the
number of rpcbind upcalls in legacy environments.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Clean up: At one point, rpcb_local_clnt() handled IPv6 loopback
addresses too, but it doesn't any more; only IPv4 loopback is used
now. Get rid of the @addr and @addrlen arguments to
rpcb_local_clnt().
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The kernel sometimes makes RPC calls to services that aren't running.
Because the kernel's RPC client always assumes the hard retry semantic
when reconnecting a connection-oriented RPC transport, the underlying
reconnect logic takes a long while to time out, even though the remote
may have responded immediately with ECONNREFUSED.
In certain cases, like upcalls to our local rpcbind daemon, or for NFS
mount requests, we'd like the kernel to fail immediately if the remote
service isn't reachable. This allows another transport to be tried
immediately, or the pending request can be abandoned quickly.
Introduce a per-request flag which controls how call_transmit_status()
behaves when request transmission fails because the server cannot be
reached.
We don't want soft connection semantics to apply to other errors. The
default case of the switch statement in call_transmit_status() no
longer falls through; the fall through code is copied to the default
case, and a "break;" is added.
The transport's connection re-establishment timeout is also ignored for
such requests. We want the request to fail immediately, so the
reconnect delay is skipped. Additionally, we don't want a connect
failure here to further increase the reconnect timeout value, since
this request will not be retried.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The success case, where task->tk_status == 0, is by far the most
frequent case in call_transmit_status().
The default: arm of the switch statement in call_transmit_status()
handles the 0 case. default: was moved close to the top of the switch
statement in call_transmit_status() under the theory that the compiler
places object code for the earliest arms of a switch statement first,
making the CPU do less work.
The default: arm of a switch statement, however, is executed only
after all the other cases have been checked. Even if the compiler
rearranges the object code, the default: arm is the "last resort",
meaning all of the other cases have been explicitly exhausted. That
makes the current arrangement about as inefficient as it gets for the
common case.
To fix this, add an explicit check for zero before the switch
statement. That forces the compiler to do the zero check first, no
matter what optimizations it might try to do to the switch statement.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Recent changes to snprintf() introduced the %pI6c formatter, which can
display an IPv6 address with standard shorthanding. Using a
shorthanded address can save us a few bytes of memory for each stored
presentation address, or a few bytes on the wire when sending these in
a universal address.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This function walks the whole hashtable so there is no point in
passing it a network namespace. Instead I purge all timewait
sockets from dead network namespaces that I find. If the namespace
is one of the once I am trying to purge I am guaranteed no new timewait
sockets can be formed so this will get them all. If the namespace
is one I am not acting for it might form a few more but I will
call inet_twsk_purge again and shortly to get rid of them. In
any even if the network namespace is dead timewait sockets are
useless.
Move the calls of inet_twsk_purge into batch_exit routines so
that if I am killing a bunch of namespaces at once I will just
call inet_twsk_purge once and save a lot of redundant unnecessary
work.
My simple 4k network namespace exit test the cleanup time dropped from
roughly 8.2s to 1.6s. While the time spent running inet_twsk_purge fell
to about 2ms. 1ms for ipv4 and 1ms for ipv6.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While we are looking up entries to free there is no reason to take
the lock in inet_twsk_purge. We have to drop locks and restart
occassionally anyway so adding a few more in case we get on the
wrong list because of a timewait move is no big deal. At the
same time not taking the lock for long periods of time is much
more polite to the rest of the users of the hash table.
In my test configuration of killing 4k network namespaces
this change causes 4k back to back runs of inet_twsk_purge on an
empty hash table to go from roughly 20.7s to 3.3s, and the total
time to destroy 4k network namespaces goes from roughly 44s to
3.3s.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor the code so fib_rules_register always takes a template instead
of the actual fib_rules_ops structure that will be used. This is
required for network namespace support so 2 out of the 3 callers already
do this, it allows the error handling to be made common, and it allows
fib_rules_unregister to free the template for hte caller.
Modify fib_rules_unregister to use call_rcu instead of syncrhonize_rcu
to allw multiple namespaces to be cleaned up in the same rcu grace
period.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows namespace exit methods to batch work that comes requires an
rcu barrier using call_rcu without having to treat the
unregister_pernet_operations cases specially.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm.nlsk is provided by the xfrm_user module and is access via rcu from
other parts of the xfrm code. Add xfrm.nlsk_stash a copy of xfrm.nlsk that
will never be set to NULL. This allows the synchronize_net and
netlink_kernel_release to be deferred until a whole batch of xfrm.nlsk sockets
have been set to NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move network device exit batching from a special case in
net_namespace.c to using common mechanisms in dev.c
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add exit_list to struct net to support building lists of network
namespaces to cleanup.
- Add exit_batch to pernet_operations to allow running operations only
once during a network namespace exit. Instead of once per network
namespace.
- Factor opt ops_exit_list and ops_exit_free so the logic with cleanup
up a network namespace does not need to be duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 8ec1e0ebe26087bfc5c0394ada5feb5758014fc8
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:16:35 2009 +0100
ipv4: add sysctl to accept packets with local source addresses
Change fib_validate_source() to accept packets with a local source address when
the "accept_local" sysctl is set for the incoming inet device. Combined with the
previous patches, this allows to communicate between multiple local interfaces
over the wire.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit d124356ce314fff22a047ea334379d5105b2d834
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:16:35 2009 +0100
net: fib_rules: allow to delete local rule
Allow to delete the local rule and recreate it with a higher priority. This
can be used to force packets with a local destination out on the wire instead
of routing them to loopback. Additionally this patch allows to recreate rules
with a priority of 0.
Combined with the previous patch to allow oif classification, a socket can
be bound to the desired interface and packets routed to the wire like this:
# move local rule to lower priority
ip rule add pref 1000 lookup local
ip rule del pref 0
# route packets of sockets bound to eth0 to the wire independant
# of the destination address
ip rule add pref 100 oif eth0 lookup 100
ip route add default dev eth0 table 100
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 68144d350f4f6c348659c825cde6a82b34c27a91
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:05:25 2009 +0100
net: fib_rules: add oif classification
Support routing table lookup based on the flow's oif. This is useful to
classify packets originating from sockets bound to interfaces differently.
The route cache already includes the oif and needs no changes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 229e77eec406ad68662f18e49fda8b5d366768c5
Author: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Date: Thu Dec 3 12:05:23 2009 +0100
net: fib_rules: rename ifindex/ifname/FRA_IFNAME to iifindex/iifname/FRA_IIFNAME
The next patch will add oif classification, rename interface related members
and attributes to reflect that they're used for iif classification.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default the RFCOMM layer would still use L2CAP basic mode. For testing
purposes this option enables RFCOMM to select enhanced retransmission
mode.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
SendRRorRNR needs to acknowledge received I-frames (actually every packet
needs to acknowledge received I-frames by sending the proper packet
sequence number), so ReqSeq is set to the next I-frame number sequence to
be pulled by the reassembly function.
SendRRorRNR tells the remote side about local busy conditions, it sends
a Receiver Ready frame if local busy is false or a Receiver Not Ready
if local busy is true.
ReqSeq is the packet's field to send the number of the acknowledged
packets.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
RejActioned is used to prevent retransmission when a entity is on the
WAIT_F state, i.e., waiting for a frame with F-bit set due local busy
condition or a expired retransmission timer. (When these two events raise
they send a frame with the Poll bit set and enters in the WAIT_F state to
wait for a frame with the Final bit set.)
The local entity doesn't send I-frames(the data frames) until the receipt
of a frame with F-bit set. When that happens it also set RejActioned to false.
RejActioned is a mandatory feature of ERTM spec.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As specified by ERTM spec an ERTM channel can acknowledge received
I-frames(the data frames) by sending an I-frame with the proper ReqSeq
value (i.e. ReqSeq is set to BufferSeq). Until now we aren't setting the
ReqSeq value on I-frame control bits. That way we can save sending
S-frames(Supervise frames) only to acknowledge receipt of I-frames. It
is very helpful to the full-duplex channel.
ReqSeq is the packet sequence number sent in an acknowledgement frame to
acknowledge receipt of frames up to (ReqSeq - 1).
BufferSeq controls the receiver buffer, it is used to delay
acknowledgement of new frames to not cause buffer overflow. BufferSeq
value is not increased until frames are pulled by reassembly function.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
SrejActioned is a flag that when set prevents local side to retransmit a
I-frame(the data frame) already retransmitted. The local entity can
retransmit again only when it receives a SREJ frame with the F-bit set.
SREJ frame - Selective Reject frame - is sent when an entity wants the
retransmission of a specific I-frame that was lost or corrupted.
This bug can put ERTM in an unknown state once the entity can't
retransmit.
A frame with the Final bit set is expected when the local side sends a
frame with the Poll bit set due to a local busy condition or a
retransmission timer expired. (Receipt of P-bit shall always be replied by
a frame with the F-bit set).
pi->conn_state keeps informations about many ERTM flags including
SrejActioned.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Fix ERTM's full-duplex channel to work as specified by ERTM spec. ERTM
needs to handle state vars, timers and counters to send and receive
I-frames(the data frames), i.e., for both sides of data communication.
We initialize all of them to the default values here.
Full-duplex channel is a mandatory feature of ERTM spec.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to BNEP test specification the proper response should be sent
for a setup connection request message after the BNEP connection setup
has been completed.
Signed-off-by: Vikram Kandukuri <vikram.kandukuri@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The tasklet schedule function helpers are just an obfuscation. So remove
them and call the schedule functions directly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For future simplification it is important that the hci_recv_frame
function is no longer an inline function. So move it into the module
itself and export it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Sending commands to a down interface results in a timeout while clearly
it should just return ENETDOWN. When using the ioctls this works fine,
but not when using the HCI sockets sendmsg interface.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Implement raw output callback which is used by hidraw to send raw data to
the underlying device.
Without this patch, the userspace hidraw-based applications can't send
output reports to HID Bluetooth devices.
Reported-and-tested-by: Brian Gunn <bgunn@solekai.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It is possible for rpcauth_destroy_credcache() to cause the rpc credentials
to be unhashed while put_rpccred is waiting for the rpc_credcache_lock on
another cpu. Should this happen, then we can end up calling
hlist_del_rcu(&cred->cr_hash) a second time in put_rpccred, thus causing
list corruption.
Should the credential actually be hashed, it is also possible for
rpcauth_lookup_credcache to find and reference it before we get round to
unhashing it. In this case, the call to rpcauth_unhash_cred will fail, and
so we should just exit without destroying the cred.
Reported-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
If the XPRT_CLOSE_WAIT flag is set, we need to ensure that we call
xprt->ops->close() while holding xprt_lock_write() before we can
start reconnecting.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Otherwise:
ERROR: "sysctl_tcp_cookie_size" [net/ipv6/ipv6.ko] undefined!
make[1]: *** [__modpost] Error 1
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/ipv4/tcp_output.c: In function ‘tcp_make_synack’:
net/ipv4/tcp_output.c:2488: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the fact that an explicit rtnl_kill_links is
unnecessary (and skipping it improves batching), as network namespace
exit calls dellink on all remaining virtual devices, and
rtnl_link_unregister calls dellink on all outstanding devices in that
network namespace. To do this we need to leave the vlan proc
directories in place until after network device exit time, which is
done by using register_pernet_subsys instead of
register_pernet_device.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parse incoming TCP_COOKIE option(s).
Calculate <SYN,ACK> TCP_COOKIE option.
Send optional <SYN,ACK> data.
This is a significantly revised implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
Requires:
TCPCT part 1a: add request_values parameter for sending SYNACK
TCPCT part 1b: generate Responder Cookie secret
TCPCT part 1c: sysctl_tcp_cookie_size, socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
TCPCT part 1d: define TCP cookie option, extend existing struct's
TCPCT part 1e: implement socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
TCPCT part 1f: Initiator Cookie => Responder
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calculate and format <SYN> TCP_COOKIE option.
This is a significantly revised implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
Requires:
TCPCT part 1c: sysctl_tcp_cookie_size, socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
TCPCT part 1d: define TCP cookie option, extend existing struct's
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provide per socket control of the TCP cookie option and SYN/SYNACK data.
This is a straightforward re-implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
The principle difference is using a TCP option to carry the cookie nonce,
instead of a user configured offset in the data.
Allocations have been rearranged to avoid requiring GFP_ATOMIC.
Requires:
net: TCP_MSS_DEFAULT, TCP_MSS_DESIRED
TCPCT part 1c: sysctl_tcp_cookie_size, socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
TCPCT part 1d: define TCP cookie option, extend existing struct's
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Data structures are carefully composed to require minimal additions.
For example, the struct tcp_options_received cookie_plus variable fits
between existing 16-bit and 8-bit variables, requiring no additional
space (taking alignment into consideration). There are no additions to
tcp_request_sock, and only 1 pointer in tcp_sock.
This is a significantly revised implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
The principle difference is using a TCP option to carry the cookie nonce,
instead of a user configured offset in the data. This is more flexible and
less subject to user configuration error. Such a cookie option has been
suggested for many years, and is also useful without SYN data, allowing
several related concepts to use the same extension option.
"Re: SYN floods (was: does history repeat itself?)", September 9, 1996.
http://www.merit.net/mail.archives/nanog/1996-09/msg00235.html
"Re: what a new TCP header might look like", May 12, 1998.
ftp://ftp.isi.edu/end2end/end2end-interest-1998.mail
These functions will also be used in subsequent patches that implement
additional features.
Requires:
TCPCT part 1a: add request_values parameter for sending SYNACK
TCPCT part 1b: generate Responder Cookie secret
TCPCT part 1c: sysctl_tcp_cookie_size, socket option TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define sysctl (tcp_cookie_size) to turn on and off the cookie option
default globally, instead of a compiled configuration option.
Define per socket option (TCP_COOKIE_TRANSACTIONS) for setting constant
data values, retrieving variable cookie values, and other facilities.
Move inline tcp_clear_options() unchanged from net/tcp.h to linux/tcp.h,
near its corresponding struct tcp_options_received (prior to changes).
This is a straightforward re-implementation of an earlier (year-old)
patch that no longer applies cleanly, with permission of the original
author (Adam Langley):
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/102586
These functions will also be used in subsequent patches that implement
additional features.
Requires:
net: TCP_MSS_DEFAULT, TCP_MSS_DESIRED
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define (missing) hash message size for SHA1.
Define hashing size constants specific to TCP cookies.
Add new function: tcp_cookie_generator().
Maintain global secret values for tcp_cookie_generator().
This is a significantly revised implementation of earlier (15-year-old)
Photuris [RFC-2522] code for the KA9Q cooperative multitasking platform.
Linux RCU technique appears to be well-suited to this application, though
neither of the circular queue items are freed.
These functions will also be used in subsequent patches that implement
additional features.
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add optional function parameters associated with sending SYNACK.
These parameters are not needed after sending SYNACK, and are not
used for retransmission. Avoids extending struct tcp_request_sock,
and avoids allocating kernel memory.
Also affects DCCP as it uses common struct request_sock_ops,
but this parameter is currently reserved for future use.
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The two functions skb_dma_map/unmap are unsafe to use as they cause
problems when packets are cloned and sent to multiple devices while a HW
IOMMU is enabled. Due to this it is best to remove the code so it is not
used by any other network driver maintainters.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We must test if user timespec is non-NULL before copying from userpace,
same as sys_recvmmsg().
Commiter note: changed it so that we have just one branch.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Mickael Guerin <jean-mickael.guerin@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both to traverse the entries and to set the msg_len field.
Commiter note: folded two patches and avoided one branch repeating the
compat test.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Mickael Guerin <jean-mickael.guerin@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following warning, when building on 64 bits:
net/sctp/socket.c:2091: warning: large integer implicitly
truncated to unsigned type
Signed-off-by: Andrei Pelinescu-Onciul <andrei@iptel.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new pernet automatic storage management,
and stop using compatibility network namespace functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new pernet automatic storage management,
and stop using compatibility network namespace functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new pernet automatic storage management,
and stop using compatibility network namespace functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new pernet automatic storage management,
and stop using compatibility network namespace functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new pernet automatic storage management,
and stop using compatibility network namespace functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new pernet automatic storage management,
and stop using compatibility network namespace functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new pernet automatic storage management,
and stop using compatibility network namespace functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new pernet automatic storage management,
and stop using compatibility network namespace functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new pernet automatic storage management,
and stop using compatibility network namespace functions.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Defer dellink to net_cleanup() allowing for batching.
- Fix comment.
- Use for_each_netdev_safe again as dev_change_net_namespace touches
at most one network device (unlike veth dellink).
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To get the full benefit of batched network namespace cleanup netowrk
device deletion needs to be performed by the generic code. When
using register_pernet_gen_device and freeing the data in exit_net
it is impossible to delay allocation until after exit_net has called
as the device uninit methods are no longer safe.
To correct this, and to simplify working with per network namespace data
I have moved allocation and deletion of per network namespace data into
the network namespace core. The core now frees the data only after
all of the network namespace exit routines have run.
Now it is only required to set the new fields .id and .size
in the pernet_operations structure if you want network namespace
data to be managed for you automatically.
This makes the current register_pernet_gen_device and
register_pernet_gen_subsys routines unnecessary. For the moment
I have left them as compatibility wrappers in net_namespace.h
They will be removed once all of the users have been updated.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is fairly common to kill several network namespaces at once. Either
because they are nested one inside the other or because they are cooperating
in multiple machine networking experiments. As the network stack control logic
does not parallelize easily batch up multiple network namespaces existing
together.
To get the full benefit of batching the virtual network devices to be
removed must be all removed in one batch. For that purpose I have added
a loop after the last network device operations have run that batches
up all remaining network devices and deletes them.
An extra benefit is that the reorganization slightly shrinks the size
of the per network namespace data structures replaceing a work_struct
with a list_head.
In a trivial test with 4K namespaces this change reduced the cost of
a destroying 4K namespaces from 7+ minutes (at 12% cpu) to 44 seconds
(at 60% cpu). The bulk of that 44s was spent in inet_twsk_purge.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The motivation for an additional notifier in batched netdevice
notification (rt_do_flush) only needs to be called once per batch not
once per namespace.
For further batching improvements I need a guarantee that the
netdevices are unregistered in order allowing me to unregister an all
of the network devices in a network namespace at the same time with
the guarantee that the loopback device is really and truly
unregistered last.
Additionally it appears that we moved the route cache flush after
the final synchronize_net, which seems wrong and there was no
explanation. So I have restored the original location of the final
synchronize_net.
Cc: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a large packet gets reassembled by ip_defrag(), the head skb
accounts for all the fragments in skb->truesize. If this packet is
refragmented again, skb->truesize is not re-adjusted to reflect only
the head size since its not owned by a socket. If the head fragment
then gets recycled and reused for another received fragment, it might
exceed the defragmentation limits due to its large truesize value.
skb_recycle_check() explicitly checks for linear skbs, so any recycled
skb should reflect its true size in skb->truesize. Change ip_fragment()
to also adjust the truesize value of skbs not owned by a socket.
Reported-and-tested-by: Ben Menchaca <ben@bigfootnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
can not add camellia cipher algorithm when using "ip xfrm state" command.
Signed-off-by: Li Yewang <lyw@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (42 commits)
b44: Fix wedge when using netconsole.
wan: cosa: drop chan->wsem on error path
ep93xx-eth: check for zero MAC address on probe, not on device open
NET: smc91x: Fix irq flags
smsc9420: prevent BUG() if ethtool is called with interface down
r8169: restore mac addr in rtl8169_remove_one and rtl_shutdown
ipv4: additional update of dev_net(dev) to struct *net in ip_fragment.c, NULL ptr OOPS
e100: Use pci pool to work around GFP_ATOMIC order 5 memory allocation failure
sctp: on T3_RTX retransmit all the in-flight chunks
pktgen: Fix netdevice unregister
macvlan: fix gso_max_size setting
rfkill: fix miscdev ops
ath9k: set ps_default as false
hso: fix soft-lockup
hso: fix debug routines
pktgen: Fix device name compares
stmmac: do not fail when the timer cannot be used.
stmmac: fixed a compilation error when use the external timer
netfilter: xt_limit: fix invalid return code in limit_mt_check()
Au1x00: fix crash when trying register_netdev()
...
NFS can reuse its TCP socket after calling tcp_disconnect().
We noticed window scaling was not negotiated in SYN packet of next
connection request.
Fix is to clear tp->window_clamp in tcp_disconnect().
Reported-by: Krzysztof Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Lennert Buytenhek noticed that delBA handling in mac80211
was broken and has remotely triggerable problems, some of
which are due to some code shuffling I did that ended up
changing the order in which things were done -- this was
commit d75636ef9c
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Feb 10 21:25:53 2009 +0100
mac80211: RX aggregation: clean up stop session
and other parts were already present in the original
commit d92684e660
Author: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Date: Mon Jan 28 14:07:22 2008 +0200
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add delBA from recipient support
The first problem is that I moved a BUG_ON before various
checks -- thereby making it possible to hit. As the comment
indicates, the BUG_ON can be removed since the ampdu_action
callback must already exist when the state is != IDLE.
The second problem isn't easily exploitable but there's a
race condition due to unconditionally setting the state to
OPERATIONAL when a delBA frame is received, even when no
aggregation session was ever initiated. All the drivers
accept stopping the session even then, but that opens a
race window where crashes could happen before the driver
accepts it. Right now, a WARN_ON may happen with non-HT
drivers, while the race opens only for HT drivers.
For this case, there are two things necessary to fix it:
1) don't process spurious delBA frames, and be more careful
about the session state; don't drop the lock
2) HT drivers need to be prepared to handle a session stop
even before the session was really started -- this is
true for all drivers (that support aggregation) but
iwlwifi which can be fixed easily. The other HT drivers
(ath9k and ar9170) are behaving properly already.
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Lennert Buytenhek noticed a remotely triggerable problem
in mac80211, which is due to some code shuffling I did
that ended up changing the order in which things were
done -- this was in
commit d75636ef9c
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Feb 10 21:25:53 2009 +0100
mac80211: RX aggregation: clean up stop session
The problem is that the BUG_ON moved before the various
checks, and as such can be triggered.
As the comment indicates, the BUG_ON can be removed since
the ampdu_action callback must already exist when the
state is OPERATIONAL.
A similar code path leads to a WARN_ON in
ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session, which can also be removed.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.29+]
Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ipv4 ip_frag_reasm(), fully replace 'dev_net(dev)' with 'net', defined
previously patched into 2.6.29.
Between 2.6.28.10 and 2.6.29, net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c was patched,
changing from dev_net(dev) to container_of(...). Unfortunately the goto
section (out_fail) on oversized packets inside ip_frag_reasm() didn't
get touched up as well. Oversized IP packets cause a NULL pointer
dereference and immediate hang.
I discovered this running openvasd and my previous email on this is
titled: NULL pointer dereference at 2.6.32-rc8:net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c:566
Signed-off-by: David Ford <david@blue-labs.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not including net/atm/
Compiled tested x86 allyesconfig only
Added a > 80 column line or two, which I ignored.
Existing checkpatch plaints willfully, cheerfully ignored.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pktgen threads are bound to given CPU, we can allocate memory for
these threads in a NUMA aware way.
After a pktgen session on two threads, we can check flows memory was
allocated on right node, instead of a not related one.
# grep pktgen_thread_write /proc/vmallocinfo
0xffffc90007204000-0xffffc90007385000 1576960 pktgen_thread_write+0x3a4/0x6b0 [pktgen] pages=384 vmalloc N0=384
0xffffc90007386000-0xffffc90007507000 1576960 pktgen_thread_write+0x3a4/0x6b0 [pktgen] pages=384 vmalloc N1=384
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calls to x25_dev_get check for dev = NULL which was not set.
It allowed x25 to set routes and ioctls on down interfaces.
This caused oopses and refcnt problems on device_unregister.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moves the CONFIG_SYSCTL ifdefs in x25_init into header.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When retransmitting due to T3 timeout, retransmit all the
in-flight chunks for the corresponding transport/path, including
chunks sent less then 1 rto ago.
This is the correct behaviour according to rfc4960 section 6.3.3
E3 and
"Note: Any DATA chunks that were sent to the address for which the
T3-rtx timer expired but did not fit in one MTU (rule E3 above)
should be marked for retransmission and sent as soon as cwnd
allows (normally, when a SACK arrives). ".
This fixes problems when more then one path is present and the T3
retransmission of the first chunk that timeouts stops the T3 timer
for the initial active path, leaving all the other in-flight
chunks waiting forever or until a new chunk is transmitted on the
same path and timeouts (and this will happen only if the cwnd
allows sending new chunks, but since cwnd was dropped to MTU by
the timeout => it will wait until the first heartbeat).
Example: 10 packets in flight, sent at 0.1 s intervals on the
primary path. The primary path is down and the first packet
timeouts. The first packet is retransmitted on another path, the
T3 timer for the primary path is stopped and cwnd is set to MTU.
All the other 9 in-flight packets will not be retransmitted
(unless more new packets are sent on the primary path which depend
on cwnd allowing it, and even in this case the 9 packets will be
retransmitted only after a new packet timeouts which even in the
best case would be more then RTO).
This commit reverts d0ce92910b and
also removes the now unused transport->last_rto, introduced in
b6157d8e03.
p.s The problem is not only when multiple paths are there. It
can happen in a single homed environment. If the application
stops sending data, it possible to have a hung association.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Pelinescu-Onciul <andrei@iptel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the addition of the *_pmksa cfg80211 ops, we can now add the
corresponding wireless extensions compatibility handler.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is an interface to set, delete and flush PMKIDs through nl80211.
Main users would be fullmac devices which firmwares are capable of
generating the RSN IEs for the re-association requests, e.g. iwmc3200wifi.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable logging of more configuration data when tracing
is enabled. Except for the channel frequency this is
only useful with the binary trace format, but that can
be recorded and replayed with trace-cmd and I will be
working on a plugin that reports all the information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code
should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The
previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now
hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs
that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The
list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb
to release it later.
The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto
handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a
previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be
in the rx flags now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it
to the place where it belongs without changing it.
A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up.
The sole purpose of this code move is to make the
other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at
all except that it now requires a different static
function declaration (which will go away too).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The RX flags should soon be used only for flags
that cannot change within an a-MPDU, so move the
cooked monitor flag into the RX status flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the works cleanup, scan and events to a cfg80211
dedicated workqueue.
Platform driver like eeepc-laptop ought to use works to rfkill (as
new rfkill does lock in rfkill_unregister and the platform driver is
called from rfkill_switch_all which also lock the same mutex).
This raise a new issue in itself that the work scheduled by the platform
driver to the global worqueue calls wiphy_unregister which flush_work
scan and event works (which thus flush works on the global workqueue inside
a work on the global workqueue) and also put on hold the wdev_cleanup_work
(which prevents the dev_put on netdev thus indefinite Usage count error on
wifi device).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Alban Browaeys <prahal@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently the UP/DOWN state of VLANs is synchronized to the state of the
underlying device, meaning all VLANs are set down once the underlying
device is set down. This causes all routes to the VLAN devices to vanish.
Add a flag to specify a "loose binding" mode, in which only the operstate
is transfered, but the VLAN device state is independant.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The veth driver contains code to forward an skb
from the start_xmit function of one network
device into the receive path of another device.
Moving that code into a common location lets us
reuse the code for direct forwarding of data
between macvlan ports, and possibly in other
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These algorithms use a truncation of 192/256 bits, as specified
in RFC4868.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of using the hardcoded truncation for authentication
algorithms, use the truncation length specified on xfrm_state.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding a xfrm_state requires an authentication algorithm specified
either as xfrm_algo or as xfrm_algo_auth with a specific truncation
length. For compatibility, both attributes are dumped to userspace,
and we also accept both attributes, but prefer the new syntax.
If no truncation length is specified, or the authentication algorithm
is specified using xfrm_algo, the truncation length from the algorithm
description in the kernel is used.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rewrite statistics accumulation to be in terms of structure fields,
not raw u32 additions. Keep them in same order, though.
This is the last user of create_proc_read_entry() in net/,
please NAK all new ones as well as all new ->write_proc, ->read_proc and
create_proc_entry() users. Cc me if there are problems. :-)
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Generated with the following semantic patch
@@
struct net *n1;
struct net *n2;
@@
- n1 == n2
+ net_eq(n1, n2)
@@
struct net *n1;
struct net *n2;
@@
- n1 != n2
+ !net_eq(n1, n2)
applied over {include,net,drivers/net}.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Speedup ieee80211_remove_interfaces() by factorizing synchronize_rcu() calls
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When multi queue compatable names are used by pktgen (eg eth0@0),
we currently cannot unload a NIC driver if one of its device
is currently in use.
Allow pktgen_find_dev() to find pktgen devices by their suffix (netdev name)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following htmldocs warnings:
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:322): No description found for parameter 'drv_unblock_wk'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:322): No description found for parameter 'drv_unblock_wk'
Signed-off-by: Jaswinder Singh Rajput <jaswinderrajput@gmail.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a missing rcu_read_unlock() before jumping out
of the ieee80211_change_station() function in the
error case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_local.wstats is a remnant from the
days when we still had to worry about wireless
extensions in mac80211 -- it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The /dev/rfkill ops don't refer to the module,
so it is possible to unload the module while
file descriptors are open. Fix this oversight.
Reported-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We use the idr subsystem and always ask for an id
at or above 1. This results in a id reuse when one
association is terminated while another is created.
To prevent re-use, we keep track of the last id returned
and ask for that id + 1 as a base for each query. We let
the idr spin lock protect this base id as well.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
When setting the autoclose timeout in jiffies there is a possible
integer overflow if the value in seconds is very large
(e.g. for 2^22 s with HZ=1024). The problem appears even on
64-bit due to the integer promotion rules. The fix is just a cast
to unsigned long.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Pelinescu-Onciul <andrei@iptel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
To avoid overflowing the maximum timer interval when transforming
the autoclose interval from seconds to jiffies, limit the maximum
autoclose value to MAX_SCHEDULE_TIMEOUT/HZ.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Pelinescu-Onciul <andrei@iptel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Recently had a bug reported to me, in which the user was sending
packets with a payload containing a sequence number. The packets
were getting delivered in order according the chunk TSN values, but
the sequence values in the payload were arriving out of order. At
first I thought it must be an application error, but we eventually
found it to be a problem on the transmit side in the sctp stack.
The conditions for the error are that multihoming must be in use,
and it helps if each transport has a different pmtu. The problem
occurs in sctp_outq_flush. Basically we dequeue packets from the
data queue, and attempt to append them to the orrered packet for a
given transport. After we append a data chunk we add the trasport
to the end of a list of transports to have their packets sent at
the end of sctp_outq_flush. The problem occurs when a data chunks
fills up a offered packet on a transport. The function that does
the appending (sctp_packet_transmit_chunk), will try to call
sctp_packet_transmit on the full packet, and then append the chunk
to a new packet. This call to sctp_packet_transmit, sends that
packet ahead of the others that may be queued in the transport_list
in sctp_outq_flush. The result is that frames that were sent in one
order from the user space sending application get re-ordered prior
to tsn assignment in sctp_packet_transmit, resulting in mis-sequencing
of data payloads, even though tsn ordering is correct.
The fix is to change where we assign a tsn. By doing this earlier,
we are then free to place chunks in packets, whatever way we
see fit and the protocol will make sure to do all the appropriate
re-ordering on receive as is needed.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: William Reich <reich@ulticom.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Current implementation of max.burst ends up limiting new
data during cwnd decay period. The decay is happening becuase
the connection is idle and we are allowed to fill the congestion
window. The point of max.burst is to limit micro-bursts in response
to large acks. This still happens, as max.burst is still applied
to each transmit opportunity. It will also apply if a very large
send is made (greater then allowed by burst).
Tested-by: Florian Niederbacher <florian.niederbacher@student.uibk.ac.at>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The transport last_time_used variable is rather useless.
It was only used when determining if CWND needs to be updated
due to idle transport. However, idle transport detection was
based on a Heartbeat timer and last_time_used was not incremented
when sending Heartbeats. As a result the check for cwnd reduction
was always true. We can get rid of the variable and just base
our cwnd manipulation on the HB timer (like the code comment sais).
We also have to call into the cwnd manipulation function regardless
of whether HBs are enabled or not. That way we will detect idle
transports if the user has disabled Heartbeats.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP_GET_*_OLD stuffs are schedlued to be removed.
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: WANG Cong <amwang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Since draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctpsocket-15.txt, setting the
SPP_MTUD_ENABLE flag when changing pathmaxrxt via the
SCTP_PEER_ADDR_PARAMS setsockopt is not required any
longer.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Pelinescu-Onciul <andrei@iptel.org>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We currently send window update SACKs every time we free up 1 PMTU
worth of data. That a lot more SACKs then necessary. Instead, we'll
now send back the actuall window every time we send a sack, and do
window-update SACKs when a fraction of the receive buffer has been
opened. The fraction is controlled with a sysctl.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
When sctp_connectx() is used, we pick the first address as
primary, even though it may not have worked. This results
in excessive retransmits and poor performance. We should
select the address that the association was established with.
Reported-by: Thomas Dreibholz <dreibh@iem.uni-due.de>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The "Invalid Stream Identifier" error has a 16 bit reserved
field at the end, thus making the parameter length be 8 bytes.
We've never supplied that reserved field making wireshark
tag the packet as malformed.
Reported-by: Chris Dischino <cdischino@sonusnet.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch implement the sender side for SACK-IMMEDIATELY
extension.
Section 4.1. Sender Side Considerations
Whenever the sender of a DATA chunk can benefit from the
corresponding SACK chunk being sent back without delay, the sender
MAY set the I-bit in the DATA chunk header.
Reasons for setting the I-bit include
o The sender is in the SHUTDOWN-PENDING state.
o The application requests to set the I-bit of the last DATA chunk
of a user message when providing the user message to the SCTP
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch implement the receiver side for SACK-IMMEDIATELY
extension:
Section 4.2. Receiver Side Considerations
On reception of an SCTP packet containing a DATA chunk with the I-bit
set, the receiver SHOULD NOT delay the sending of the corresponding
SACK chunk and SHOULD send it back immediately.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
On Sun, 2009-11-22 at 16:31 -0800, David Miller wrote:
> It should be of the form:
> if (x &&
> y)
>
> or:
> if (x && y)
>
> Fix patches, rather than complaints, for existing cases where things
> do not follow this pattern are certainly welcome.
Also collapsed some multiple tabs to single space.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit e6fce5b916 (pktgen: multiqueue etc.) tried to relax
the pktgen restriction of one device per kernel thread, adding a '@'
tag to device names.
Problem is we dont perform check on full pktgen device name.
This allows adding many time same 'device' to pktgen thread
pgset "add_device eth0@0"
one session later :
pgset "add_device eth0@0"
(This doesnt find previous device)
This consumes ~1.5 MBytes of vmalloc memory per round and also triggers
this warning :
[ 673.186380] proc_dir_entry 'pktgen/eth0@0' already registered
[ 673.186383] Modules linked in: pktgen ixgbe ehci_hcd psmouse mdio mousedev evdev [last unloaded: pktgen]
[ 673.186406] Pid: 6219, comm: bash Tainted: G W 2.6.32-rc7-03302-g41cec6f-dirty #16
[ 673.186410] Call Trace:
[ 673.186417] [<ffffffff8104a29b>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7b/0xc0
[ 673.186422] [<ffffffff8104a341>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x41/0x50
[ 673.186426] [<ffffffff8114e789>] proc_register+0x109/0x210
[ 673.186433] [<ffffffff8100bf2e>] ? apic_timer_interrupt+0xe/0x20
[ 673.186438] [<ffffffff8114e905>] proc_create_data+0x75/0xd0
[ 673.186444] [<ffffffffa006ad38>] pktgen_thread_write+0x568/0x640 [pktgen]
[ 673.186449] [<ffffffffa006a7d0>] ? pktgen_thread_write+0x0/0x640 [pktgen]
[ 673.186453] [<ffffffff81149144>] proc_reg_write+0x84/0xc0
[ 673.186458] [<ffffffff810f5a58>] vfs_write+0xb8/0x180
[ 673.186463] [<ffffffff810f5c11>] sys_write+0x51/0x90
[ 673.186468] [<ffffffff8100b51b>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
[ 673.186470] ---[ end trace ccbb991b0a8d994d ]---
Solution to this problem is to use a odevname field (includes @ tag and suffix),
instead of using netdevice name.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Olsson <robert.olsson@its.uu.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 59a252ff8c.
This helps in an entirely cached workload but not necessarily in
workloads that require waiting on disk.
Conflicts:
include/linux/sunrpc/svc.h
net/sunrpc/svc_xprt.c
Reported-by: Simon Kirby <sim@hostway.ca>
Tested-by: Jesper Krogh <jesper@krogh.cc>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Commit acc738fe (netfilter: xtables: avoid pointer to self) introduced
an invalid return value in limit_mt_check().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
commit d6d3f08b0f
(netfilter: xtables: conntrack match revision 2) does break the
v1 conntrack match iptables-save output in a subtle way.
Problem is as follows:
up = kmalloc(sizeof(*up), GFP_KERNEL);
[..]
/*
* The strategy here is to minimize the overhead of v1 matching,
* by prebuilding a v2 struct and putting the pointer into the
* v1 dataspace.
*/
memcpy(up, info, offsetof(typeof(*info), state_mask));
[..]
*(void **)info = up;
As the v2 struct pointer is saved in the match data space,
it clobbers the first structure member (->origsrc_addr).
Because the _v1 match function grabs this pointer and does not actually
look at the v1 origsrc, run time functionality does not break.
But iptables -nvL (or iptables-save) cannot know that v1 origsrc_addr
has been overloaded in this way:
$ iptables -p tcp -A OUTPUT -m conntrack --ctorigsrc 10.0.0.1 -j ACCEPT
$ iptables-save
-A OUTPUT -p tcp -m conntrack --ctorigsrc 128.173.134.206 -j ACCEPT
(128.173... is the address to the v2 match structure).
To fix this, we take advantage of the fact that the v1 and v2 structures
are identical with exception of the last two structure members (u8 in v1,
u16 in v2).
We extract them as early as possible and prevent the v2 matching function
from looking at those two members directly.
Previously reported by Michel Messerschmidt via Ben Hutchings, also
see Debian Bug tracker #556587.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Without this patch, if we receive a SYN packet from the client while
the firewall is out-of-sync, we let it go through. Then, if we see
the SYN/ACK reply coming from the server, we destroy the conntrack
entry and drop the packet to trigger a new retransmission. Then,
the retransmision from the client is used to start a new clean
session.
This patch improves the current handling. Basically, if we see an
unexpected SYN packet, we annotate the TCP options. Then, if we
see the reply SYN/ACK, this means that the firewall was indeed
out-of-sync. Therefore, we set a clean new session from the existing
entry based on the annotated values.
This patch adds two new 8-bits fields that fit in a 16-bits gap of
the ip_ct_tcp structure.
This patch is particularly useful for conntrackd since the
asynchronous nature of the state-synchronization allows to have
backup nodes that are not perfect copies of the master. This helps
to improve the recovery under some worst-case scenarios.
I have tested this by creating lots of conntrack entries in wrong
state:
for ((i=1024;i<65535;i++)); do conntrack -I -p tcp -s 192.168.2.101 -d 192.168.2.2 --sport $i --dport 80 -t 800 --state ESTABLISHED -u ASSURED,SEEN_REPLY; done
Then, I make some TCP connections:
$ echo GET / | nc 192.168.2.2 80
The events show the result:
[UPDATE] tcp 6 60 SYN_RECV src=192.168.2.101 dst=192.168.2.2 sport=33220 dport=80 src=192.168.2.2 dst=192.168.2.101 sport=80 dport=33220 [ASSURED]
[UPDATE] tcp 6 432000 ESTABLISHED src=192.168.2.101 dst=192.168.2.2 sport=33220 dport=80 src=192.168.2.2 dst=192.168.2.101 sport=80 dport=33220 [ASSURED]
[UPDATE] tcp 6 120 FIN_WAIT src=192.168.2.101 dst=192.168.2.2 sport=33220 dport=80 src=192.168.2.2 dst=192.168.2.101 sport=80 dport=33220 [ASSURED]
[UPDATE] tcp 6 30 LAST_ACK src=192.168.2.101 dst=192.168.2.2 sport=33220 dport=80 src=192.168.2.2 dst=192.168.2.101 sport=80 dport=33220 [ASSURED]
[UPDATE] tcp 6 120 TIME_WAIT src=192.168.2.101 dst=192.168.2.2 sport=33220 dport=80 src=192.168.2.2 dst=192.168.2.101 sport=80 dport=33220 [ASSURED]
and tcpdump shows no retransmissions:
20:47:57.271951 IP 192.168.2.101.33221 > 192.168.2.2.www: S 435402517:435402517(0) win 5840 <mss 1460,sackOK,timestamp 4294961827 0,nop,wscale 6>
20:47:57.273538 IP 192.168.2.2.www > 192.168.2.101.33221: S 3509927945:3509927945(0) ack 435402518 win 5792 <mss 1460,sackOK,timestamp 235681024 4294961827,nop,wscale 4>
20:47:57.273608 IP 192.168.2.101.33221 > 192.168.2.2.www: . ack 3509927946 win 92 <nop,nop,timestamp 4294961827 235681024>
20:47:57.273693 IP 192.168.2.101.33221 > 192.168.2.2.www: P 435402518:435402524(6) ack 3509927946 win 92 <nop,nop,timestamp 4294961827 235681024>
20:47:57.275492 IP 192.168.2.2.www > 192.168.2.101.33221: . ack 435402524 win 362 <nop,nop,timestamp 235681024 4294961827>
20:47:57.276492 IP 192.168.2.2.www > 192.168.2.101.33221: P 3509927946:3509928082(136) ack 435402524 win 362 <nop,nop,timestamp 235681025 4294961827>
20:47:57.276515 IP 192.168.2.101.33221 > 192.168.2.2.www: . ack 3509928082 win 108 <nop,nop,timestamp 4294961828 235681025>
20:47:57.276521 IP 192.168.2.2.www > 192.168.2.101.33221: F 3509928082:3509928082(0) ack 435402524 win 362 <nop,nop,timestamp 235681025 4294961827>
20:47:57.277369 IP 192.168.2.101.33221 > 192.168.2.2.www: F 435402524:435402524(0) ack 3509928083 win 108 <nop,nop,timestamp 4294961828 235681025>
20:47:57.279491 IP 192.168.2.2.www > 192.168.2.101.33221: . ack 435402525 win 362 <nop,nop,timestamp 235681025 4294961828>
I also added a rule to log invalid packets, with no occurrences :-) .
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix the following htmldocs warning:
Warning(net/core/dev.c:5378): bad line:
Signed-off-by: Jaswinder Singh Rajput <jaswinderrajput@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
That's extremely non-intuitive, noticed by William Allen Simpson.
And let's make the default be on, it's been suggested by a lot of
people so we'll give it a try.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'bugfixes' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6:
SUNRPC: Address buffer overrun in rpc_uaddr2sockaddr()
NFSv4: Fix a cache validation bug which causes getcwd() to return ENOENT
The RDMA CM is intended to support the use of a loopback address
when establishing a connection; however, the behavior of the CM
when loopback addresses are used is confusing and does not always
work, depending on whether loopback was specified by the server,
the client, or both.
The defined behavior of rdma_bind_addr is to associate an RDMA
device with an rdma_cm_id, as long as the user specified a non-
zero address. (ie they weren't just trying to reserve a port)
Currently, if the loopback address is passed to rdam_bind_addr,
no device is associated with the rdma_cm_id. Fix this.
If a loopback address is specified by the client as the destination
address for a connection, it will fail to establish a connection.
This is true even if the server is listing across all addresses or
on the loopback address itself. The issue is that the server tries
to translate the IP address carried in the REQ message to a local
net_device address, which fails. The translation is not needed in
this case, since the REQ carries the actual HW address that should
be used.
Finally, cleanup loopback support to be more transport neutral.
Replace separate calls to get/set the sgid and dgid from the
device address to a single call that behaves correctly depending
on the format of the device address. And support both IPv4 and
IPv6 address formats.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
[ Fixed RDS build by s/ib_addr_get/rdma_addr_get/ - Roland ]
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Return a negative error value.
Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is sometimes useful to debug HT issues
as it shows what exactly the stack thinks
the peer supports.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With WEXT, it happens frequently that the SME
requests an authentication but then deauthenticates
right away because some new parameters came along.
Every time this happens we print a deauth message
and send a deauth frame, but both of that is rather
confusing. Avoid it by aborting the authentication
process silently, and telling cfg80211 about that.
The patch looks larger than it really is:
__cfg80211_auth_remove() is split out from
cfg80211_send_auth_timeout(), there's no new code
except __cfg80211_auth_canceled() (a one-liner) and
the mac80211 bits (7 new lines of code).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Right now all frames mac80211 hands to the driver
have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set to
request TX status. This isn't really necessary, only
the injected frames need TX status (the latter for
hostapd) so move setting this flag.
The rate control algorithms also need TX status, but
they don't require it.
Also, rt2x00 uses that bit for its own purposes and
seems to require it being set for all frames, but
that can be fixed in rt2x00.
This doesn't really change anything for any drivers
but in the future drivers using hw-rate control may
opt to not report TX status for frames that don't
have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00 bits]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A number of people have tried to add a wireless interface
(in managed mode) to a bridge and then complained that it
doesn't work. It cannot work, however, because in 802.11
networks all packets need to be acknowledged and as such
need to be sent to the right address. Promiscuous doesn't
help here. The wireless address format used for these
links has only space for three addresses, the
* transmitter, which must be equal to the sender (origin)
* receiver (on the wireless medium), which is the AP in
the case of managed mode
* the recipient (destination), which is on the APs local
network segment
In an IBSS, it is similar, but the receiver and recipient
must match and the third address is used as the BSSID.
To avoid such mistakes in the future, disallow adding a
wireless interface to a bridge.
Felix has recently added a four-address mode to the AP
and client side that can be used (after negotiating that
it is possible, which must happen out-of-band by setting
up both sides) for bridging, so allow that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's very likely that not many devices will support
four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce
capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211
and check them when userspace tries to use the mode.
Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev)
and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be
improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the
4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for
it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for
station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've accumulated a number of options for wiphys
which make more sense as flags as we keep adding
more. Convert the existing ones.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When mac80211 resumes, it currently first sets suspended
to false so the driver can start doing things and we can
receive frames.
However, if we actually receive frames then it can end
up starting some work which adds timers and then later
runs into a BUG_ON in the timer code because it tries
add_timer() on a pending timer.
Fix this by keeping track of the resuming process by
introducing a new variable 'resuming' which gets set to
true early on instead of setting 'suspended' to false,
and allow queueing work but not receiving frames while
resuming.
Reported-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adds SIOCX25SCAUSEDIAG, allowing X.25 programs to set the cause and
diagnostic fields.
Normally used to indicate status upon closing connections.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Hendry <andrew.hendry@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fix can probably wait 2.6.33, or should use another patch
if needed in 2.6.32 (no get_dev_by_index_rcu() before 2.6.33)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (42 commits)
cxgb3: fix premature page unmap
ibm_newemac: Fix EMACx_TRTR[TRT] bit shifts
vlan: Fix register_vlan_dev() error path
gro: Fix illegal merging of trailer trash
sungem: Fix Serdes detection.
net: fix mdio section mismatch warning
ppp: fix BUG on non-linear SKB (multilink receive)
ixgbe: Fixing EEH handler to handle more than one error
net: Fix the rollback test in dev_change_name()
Revert "isdn: isdn_ppp: Use SKB list facilities instead of home-grown implementation."
TI Davinci EMAC : Fix Console Hang when bringing the interface down
smsc911x: Fix Console Hang when bringing the interface down.
mISDN: fix error return in HFCmulti_init()
forcedeth: mac address fix
r6040: fix version printing
Bluetooth: Fix regression with L2CAP configuration in Basic Mode
Bluetooth: Select Basic Mode as default for SOCK_SEQPACKET
Bluetooth: Set general bonding security for ACL by default
r8169: Fix receive buffer length when MTU is between 1515 and 1536
can: add the missing netlink get_xstats_size callback
...
It's enough code to have its own file, I think.
Especially since I'm going to add to it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the flags moved into skb->cb, there's no
longer a need to have the encrypt bool passed
into the function, anyone who requires it set
to 0 (false) can just set the flag directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When going from/to a WEP protected IBSS, we need to
leave this one and join a new one to take care of
the changed capability.
Cc: Hong Zhang <henryzhang62@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Not assigning the vif pointer causes an oops.
This patch fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 rejects all association requests when in associated state. This
prevents clean roaming within an ESS since one would first need to
disassociate before being able to request reassociation.
Accept the reassociation request and let the old association to be
dropped when the new one is completed. This fixes nl80211-based
roaming with the current snapshot version of wpa_supplicant (that has
code for requesting reassociation explicitly withthe previous BSSID
attribute).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some devices implement the entire rate control in
firmware in some way, like wl1271 or like iwlwifi
which does some things in software but not a lot.
Therefore generic software rate control is rather
useless for them and just adds avoidable overhead
to the transmit path.
It's fairly simple to let drivers indicate that
they do not need rate control, but they need to
fulfil a number of conditions that we encode in
WARN_ONs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The netdev broadcast address cannot change from
all-ones so there's no need to use it; we can
instead hard-code it. Since we already have an
instance in tkip.c, which will be shared if it
is marked static const, doing this reduces text
size at no data/bss cost.
The real motivation for this is, of course, the
desire to get rid of almost all uses of netdevs
in mac80211 so that auditing their use becomes
easier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we move the rcu sections a little, there's
no need to touch the device refcount.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some code currently assumes that there's a valid
rate pointer even in the HT case, but there can't
be. To reduce reliance on that, remove the rate
pointer from the RX data struct and pass it where
it's needed.
Also, for now, in radiotap announce HT frames as
having a DYN channel type, and remove their rate
from cooked monitor radiotap completely (it isn't
present in the regular monitor radiotap either.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The RX data contains the netdev, which is
duplicated since we have the sdata, and the
RX status pointer, which is duplicate since
we have the skb. Remove those two fields to
have fewer fields that depend on each other
and simply load them as necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The reorder buffer handling is written in a quite
peculiar style (especially comments) and also has
a quirk where it invokes the entire reorder code
in ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf() for just a
handful of lines in it with a special argument.
Split out ieee80211_release_reorder_frames which
can then be invoked from BAR handling and other
reordering code, clean up code and comments and
remove function arguments that are now unused from
ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we receive a michael MIC failure report from the
hardware we currently do not check whether it is actually
reported on a frame that is destined to us. It shouldn't
be possible to get a michael MIC failure report on other
frames, but it also doesn't hurt to verify.
Also, since we then don't need the station struct that
early, move looking it up a bit later in the RX path.
Finally, while at it, a few code cleanups in the area.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The entire aggregation code currently operates on the
hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to
change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step
preparing for that make the aggregation code callable
with the station, or by the combination of virtual
interface and station address.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of filtering by device, directly look up by sdata.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to handle association and authentication in AP mode,
hostapd needs access to the tx status info of its own frames
through a cooked monitor interface. Without this patch the
cooked monitor interfaces also passed on tx status information
for packets from other virtual interfaces. This creates a
significant performance issue on embedded system. Hostapd
tries to work around this by installing a Linux Socket Filter
that only captures the frames it's interested in, however
data duplication and socket filter matching still uses up
enough CPU cycles to be very noticeable on small systems.
This patch ensures that tx status information of non-injected
frames does not make it to cooked monitor interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 2171abc586
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Thu Oct 29 08:34:00 2009 +0100
mac80211: fix addba timer
left a problem in there, even if the timer was
never started it could be deleted and then added.
Linus pointed out that del_timer_sync() isn't
actually needed if we make the timer able to
deal with no longer being needed when it gets
queued _while_ we're in the locked section that
also deletes it. For that the timer function only
needs to check the HT_ADDBA_RECEIVED_MSK bit as
well as the HT_ADDBA_REQUESTED_MSK bit, only if
the former is clear should it do anything.
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For consistency drop & in front of every proc_handler. Explicity
taking the address is unnecessary and it prevents optimizations
like stubbing the proc_handlers to NULL.
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Herbert Xu a écrit :
> On Tue, Nov 17, 2009 at 04:26:04AM -0800, David Miller wrote:
>> Really, the link watch stuff is just due for a redesign. I don't
>> think a simple hack is going to cut it this time, sorry Eric :-)
>
> I have no objections against any redesigns, but since the only
> caller of linkwatch_forget_dev runs in process context with the
> RTNL, it could also legally emit those events.
Thanks guys, here an updated version then, before linkwatch surgery ?
In this version, I force the event to be sent synchronously.
[PATCH net-next-2.6] linkwatch: linkwatch_forget_dev() to speedup device dismantle
time ip link del eth3.103 ; time ip link del eth3.104 ; time ip link del eth3.105
real 0m0.266s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.001s
real 0m0.770s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.000s
real 0m1.022s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.000s
One problem of current schem in vlan dismantle phase is the
holding of device done by following chain :
vlan_dev_stop() ->
netif_carrier_off(dev) ->
linkwatch_fire_event(dev) ->
dev_hold() ...
And __linkwatch_run_queue() runs up to one second later...
A generic fix to this problem is to add a linkwatch_forget_dev() method
to unlink the device from the list of watched devices.
dev->link_watch_next becomes dev->link_watch_list (and use a bit more memory),
to be able to unlink device in O(1).
After patch :
time ip link del eth3.103 ; time ip link del eth3.104 ; time ip link del eth3.105
real 0m0.024s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.000s
real 0m0.032s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.001s
real 0m0.033s
user 0m0.000s
sys 0m0.000s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new event is called once for each unique net namespace in batched
unregister operations (with the argument set to a random device from
that namespace) and once per device in non-batched unregister
operations.
It allows us to factorize some device unregister work such as clearing the
routing cache.
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With multi queue devices, its possible that several cpus call
vlan RX routines simultaneously for the same vlan device.
We update RX stats counter without any locking, so we can
get slightly wrong counters.
One possible fix is to use percpu counters, to get precise
accounting and also get guarantee of no cache line ping pongs
between cpus.
Note: this adds 16 bytes (32 bytes on 64bit arches) of percpu
data per vlan device.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers ndo_get_stats() method need to perform txqueue stats folding.
Move folding from dev_get_stats() to a new dev_txq_stats_fold() function
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case register_netdevice() returns an error, and a new vlan_group
was allocated and inserted in vlan_group_hash[] we call
vlan_group_free() without deleting group from hash table. Future
lookups can give infinite loops or crashes.
We must delete the vlan_group using RCU safe procedure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we've merged skb's with page frags, and subsequently receive
a trailer skb (< MSS) that is not completely non-linear (this can
occur on Intel NICs if the packet size falls below the threshold),
GRO ends up producing an illegal GSO skb with a frag_list.
This is harmless unless the skb is then forwarded through an
interface that requires software GSO, whereupon the GSO code
will BUG.
This patch detects this case in GRO and avoids merging the
trailer skb.
Reported-by: Mark Wagner <mwagner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
move checking if eaction is valid in tcf_mirred_init()
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. don't let go back using goto.
2. don't call skb_act_clone() until it is necessary.
3. one exit of the critical context.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netlink URELEASE notifier doesn't notify for
sockets that have been used to receive multicast
but it should be called for such sockets as well
since they might _also_ be used for sending and
not solely for receiving multicast. We will need
that for nl80211 (generic netlink sockets) in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resolve the conflict between v2.6.32-rc7 where dn_def_dev_handler
gets a small bug fix and the sysctl tree where I am removing all
sysctl strategy routines.
Cooked monitor interfaces cannot currently receive Probe Request
frames when the interface is in station mode. However, we do not
process Probe Request frames internally in the station MLME, so there
is no point in queueing the frame here. Remove Probe Request frames
from the queued frame list to allow cooked monitor interfaces to
receive these frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net: Fix the rollback test in dev_change_name()
In dev_change_name() an err variable is used for storing the original
call_netdevice_notifiers() errno (negative) and testing for a rollback
error later, but the test for non-zero is wrong, because the err might
have positive value as well - from dev_alloc_name(). It means the
rollback for a netdevice with a number > 0 will never happen. (The err
test is reordered btw. to make it more readable.)
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function print_mac in net/ethernet/eth.c is marked __deprecated
and not used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Marin Mitov <mitov@issp.bas.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 05423b2413 (vlan: allow null VLAN ID to be used)
forgot to update __vlan_hwaccel_rx() & vlan_gro_common()
We need to set VLAN_TAG_PRESENT flag in skb->vlan_tci
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent changes in the TX error propagation require additional checking
and masking of values returned from hard_start_xmit(), mainly to
separate cases where skb was consumed. This aim can be simplified by
changing the order of NETDEV_TX and NET_XMIT codes, because the latter
are treated similarly to negative (ERRNO) values.
After this change much simpler dev_xmit_complete() is also used in
sch_direct_xmit(), so it is moved to netdevice.h.
Additionally NET_RX definitions in netdevice.h are moved up from
between TX codes to avoid confusion while reading the TX comment.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the return value of ndo_select_queue(). If the value isn't smaller
than the real_num_tx_queues, print a warning message, and reset it to zero.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
----
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basic Mode is the default mode of operation of a L2CAP entity. In
this case the RFC (Retransmission and Flow Control) configuration
option should not be used at all.
Normally remote L2CAP implementation should just ignore this option,
but it can cause various side effects with other Bluetooth stacks
that are not capable of handling unknown options.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The default mode for SOCK_SEQPACKET is Basic Mode. So when no
mode has been specified, Basic Mode shall be used.
This is important for current application to keep working as
expected and not cause a regression.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes double pairing issues with Secure Simple
Paring support. It was observed that when pairing with SSP
enabled, that the confirmation will be asked twice.
http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-bluetooth/msg02473.html
This also causes bug when initiating SSP connection from
Windows Vista.
The reason is because bluetoothd does not store link keys
since HCIGETAUTHINFO returns 0. Setting default to general
bonding fixes these issues.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If iucv_work_queue is not empty during kernel freeze, a kernel panic
occurs. This suspend-patch adds flushing of the work queue for
pending connection requests and severing of remaining pending
connections.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While investigating for network latencies, I found inet_getid() was a
contention point for some workloads, as inet_peer_idlock is shared
by all inet_getid() users regardless of peers.
One way to fix this is to make ip_id_count an atomic_t instead
of __u16, and use atomic_add_return().
In order to keep sizeof(struct inet_peer) = 64 on 64bit arches
tcp_ts_stamp is also converted to __u32 instead of "unsigned long".
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When handling large number of netdevices, inet6_dump_addr()
is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity.
Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the NETDEV_HASHENTRIES
sub lists of the dev_index hash table, and RCU lookups.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Stephen Hemminger a écrit :
> On Thu, 12 Nov 2009 15:11:36 +0100
> Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> wrote:
>
>> When handling large number of netdevices, inet_dump_ifaddr()
>> is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity.
>>
>> Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the NETDEV_HASHENTRIES
>> sub lists of the dev_index hash table, and RCU lookups.
>>
>> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
>
> You might be able to make RCU critical section smaller by moving
> it into loop.
>
Indeed. But we dump at most one skb (<= 8192 bytes ?), so rcu_read_lock
holding time is small, unless we meet many netdevices without
addresses. I wonder if its really common...
Thanks
[PATCH net-next-2.6] ipv4: speedup inet_dump_ifaddr()
When handling large number of netdevices, inet_dump_ifaddr()
is very slow because it has O(N2) complexity.
Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the NETDEV_HASHENTRIES
sub lists of the dev_index hash table, and RCU lookups.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to use next_det_device_rcu() in RCU protected section.
We also can avoid in_dev_get()/in_dev_put() overhead (code size mainly)
in rcu_read_lock() sections.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No longer need read_lock(&dev_base_lock), use RCU instead.
We also can avoid taking references on inet6_dev structs.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define two symbols needed in both kernel and user space.
Remove old (somewhat incorrect) kernel variant that wasn't used in
most cases. Default should apply to both RMSS and SMSS (RFC2581).
Replace numeric constants with defined symbols.
Stand-alone patch, originally developed for TCPCT.
Signed-off-by: William.Allen.Simpson@gmail.com
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The other error paths in front of this one have a dev_put() but this one
got missed.
Found by smatch static checker.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Wang Chen <ellre923@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent commits
sctp: Get rid of an extra routing lookup when adding a transport
and
sctp: Set source addresses on the association before adding transports
changed when routes are added to the sctp transports. As such,
we didn't set the socket source address correctly when adding the first
transport. The first transport is always the primary/active one, so
when adding it, set the socket source address. This was causing
regression failures in SCTP tests.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new (unrealeased to the user) sctp_connectx api
c6ba68a266
sctp: support non-blocking version of the new sctp_connectx() API
introduced a regression cought by the user regression test
suite. In particular, the API requires the user library to
re-allocate the buffer and could potentially trigger a SIGFAULT.
This change corrects that regression by passing the original
address buffer to the kernel unmodified, but still allows for
a returned association id.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Recent commit 8da645e101
sctp: Get rid of an extra routing lookup when adding a transport
introduced a regression in the connection setup. The behavior was
different between IPv4 and IPv6. IPv4 case ended up working because the
route lookup routing returned a NULL route, which triggered another
route lookup later in the output patch that succeeded. In the IPv6 case,
a valid route was returned for first call, but we could not find a valid
source address at the time since the source addresses were not set on the
association yet. Thus resulted in a hung connection.
The solution is to set the source addresses on the association prior to
adding peers.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size of buf[] must account for the string termination needed for
the first strict_strtoul() call. Introduced in commit a02d6926.
Fábio Olivé Leite points out that strict_strtoul() requires _either_
'\n\0' _or_ '\0' termination, so use the simpler '\0' here instead.
See http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=14546 .
Reported-by: argp@census-labs.com
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Fábio Olivé Leite <fleite@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Without this patch, broadcast frames from the station behind a
4-addr AP VLAN would be reflected back to the source.
Fix this by checking the 4-addr flag before bridging multicast
frames in the cell.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implements the NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY command and an get_survey()
ops that a driver can implement. The goal of this command is to allow a
drivers to report channel survey data (e.g. channel noise, channel
occupation).
For now, only the mechanism to report back channel noise has been
implemented.
In future, there will either be a survey-trigger command --- or the existing
scan-trigger command will be enhanced. This will allow user-space to
request survey for arbitrary channels.
Note: any driver that cannot report channel noise should not report
any value at all, e.g. made-up -92 dBm.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
... which get's rid of three indentical cut-n-paste sections.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
RANN (Root Annoucement) frame TX. Send an action frame every second
trying to build a path to all nodes on the mesh.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Resulting object files have the same MD5 as before.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
BSSID is now set to the TA.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This sets the AID field correctly for mesh peer confirm frames.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Increase hopcount and convert metric to LE before forwarding the RANN
action frame.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update the PERR IE frame format according to latest draft (3.03).
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Process the RANN (Root Annoucement) Frame and try to find the HWMP
root station by sending a PREQ.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Both vlan and macvlan devices usually don't use a qdisc and immediately
queue packets to the underlying device. Propagate transmission state of
the underlying device to the upper layers so they can react on congestion
and/or inform the sending process.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the ->ndo_hard_start_xmit() callbacks are only permitted to return
one of the NETDEV_TX codes. This prevents any kind of error propagation for
virtual devices, like queue congestion of the underlying device in case of
layered devices, or unreachability in case of tunnels.
This patches changes the NET_XMIT codes to avoid clashes with the NETDEV_TX
codes and changes the two callers of dev_hard_start_xmit() to expect either
errno codes, NET_XMIT codes or NETDEV_TX codes as return value.
In case of qdisc_restart(), all non NETDEV_TX codes are mapped to NETDEV_TX_OK
since no error propagation is possible when using qdiscs. In case of
dev_queue_xmit(), the error is propagated upwards.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The addition of rcv_nxt allows to discern whether the skb
was out of place or tp->copied. Also catch fancy combination
of flags if necessary (sadly we might miss the actual causer
flags as it might have already returned).
Btw, we perhaps would want to forward copied_seq in
somewhere or otherwise we might have some nice loop with
WARN stuff within but where to do that safely I don't
know at this stage until more is known (but it is not
made significantly worse by this patch).
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move ieee802154 initialisation to subsys_initcall call, so that
wpan-phy class is initialised before all devices (thus saving us from
oops during bootup).
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Now that sys_sysctl is a compatiblity wrapper around /proc/sys
all sysctl strategy routines, and all ctl_name and strategy
entries in the sysctl tables are unused, and can be
revmoed.
In addition neigh_sysctl_register has been modified to no longer
take a strategy argument and it's callers have been modified not
to pass one.
Cc: "David Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
We have two implementations of the compat_ioctl handling for ATM, the
one that we have had for ages in fs/compat_ioctl.c and the one added to
net/atm/ioctl.c by David Woodhouse. Unfortunately, both versions are
incomplete, and in practice we use a very confusing combination of the
two.
For ioctl numbers that have the same identifier on 32 and 64 bit systems,
we go directly through the compat_ioctl socket operation, for those that
differ, we do a conversion in fs/compat_ioctl.c.
This patch moves both variants into the vcc_compat_ioctl() function,
while preserving the current behaviour. It also kills off the COMPATIBLE_IOCTL
definitions that we never use here.
Doing it this way is clearly not a good solution, but I hope it is a
step into the right direction, so that someone is able to clean up this
mess for real.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handling for SIOCSHWTSTAMP is broken on architectures
with a split user/kernel address space like s390,
because it passes a real user pointer while using
set_fs(KERNEL_DS).
A similar problem might arise the next time somebody
adds code to dev_ifsioc.
Split up dev_ifsioc into three separate functions for
SIOCSHWTSTAMP, SIOC*IFMAP and all other numbers so
we can get rid of set_fs in all potentially affected
cases.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Patrick Ohly <patrick.ohly@intel.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason for this lock to be reader/writer since
the reader only has lock held for a very brief period.
The overhead of read_lock is more expensive than spinlock.
Compile tested only, I am not a decnet user.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing locking in the case of auto binding to the
default device. The address list might change while this code is looking
at the list.
Compile tested only, I am not a decnet user.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The full_name_hash function does not produce well distributed values in
the lower bits, so most code uses hash_32() to fold it. This is really
a bug introduced when name hashing was added, back in 2.5 when I added
name hashing.
hash_32 is all that is needed since full_name_hash returns unsigned int
which is only 32 bits on 64 bit platforms.
Also, there is no point in using hash_32 on ifindex, because the is naturally
sequential and usually well distributed.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NAPI drivers try to recycle SKBs in their polling routine, but we
generally don't know the context in which the polling will be called,
and the skb recycling itself may require IRQs to be enabled.
This patch adds irqs_disabled() test to the skb_recycle_check()
routine, so that we'll not let the drivers hit the skb recycling
path with IRQs disabled.
As a side effect, this patch actually disables skb recycling for some
[broken] drivers. E.g. gianfar driver grabs an irqsave spinlock during
TX ring processing, and then tries to recycle an skb, and that caused
the following badness:
nf_conntrack version 0.5.0 (1008 buckets, 4032 max)
------------[ cut here ]------------
Badness at kernel/softirq.c:143
NIP: c003e3c4 LR: c423a528 CTR: c003e344
...
NIP [c003e3c4] local_bh_enable+0x80/0xc4
LR [c423a528] destroy_conntrack+0xd4/0x13c [nf_conntrack]
Call Trace:
[c15d1b60] [c003e32c] local_bh_disable+0x1c/0x34 (unreliable)
[c15d1b70] [c423a528] destroy_conntrack+0xd4/0x13c [nf_conntrack]
[c15d1b80] [c02c6370] nf_conntrack_destroy+0x3c/0x70
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reported by Stephen Rothwell:
--------------------
Today's linux-next build (x86_64 allmodconfig) produced this warning:
net/ipv6/addrconf.c: In function 'inet6_dump_ifinfo':
net/ipv6/addrconf.c:3833: warning: unused variable 'err'
Introduced by commit 84d2697d96 ("ipv6:
speedup inet6_dump_ifinfo()").
--------------------
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The max MCS index is 76, fix the higher check to allow through
frames received at MCS 76. This is a non-issue for current drivers
as MCS 76 is only possible with a device supporting 4 spatial
streams.
While at it change the WARN_ON() on invalid HT rates to a WARN()
to provide more useful information. This will help debug issues
when the driver is passing up a bogus HT rate value.
The rate must map to a valid MCS index which can be any of the
values in the set [0 - 76] (inclusive).
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In some situations it might be useful to run a network with an
Access Point and multiple clients, but with each client bridged
to a network behind it. For this to work, both the client and the
AP need to transmit 4-address frames, containing both source and
destination MAC addresses.
With this patch, you can configure a client to communicate using
only 4-address frames for data traffic.
On the AP side you can enable 4-address frames for individual
clients by isolating them in separate AP VLANs which are configured
in 4-address mode.
Such an AP VLAN will be limited to one client only, and this client
will be used as the destination for all traffic on its interface,
regardless of the destination MAC address in the packet headers.
The advantage of this mode compared to regular WDS mode is that it's
easier to configure and does not require a static list of peer MAC
addresses on any side.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Print the FSM state strings instead of just the numbers.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the HWMP IEs are now all optional and the action code is fixed,
allow the HWMP code to find and process each IE on the path
selection action frames.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <rpaulo@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add MAC80211_VERBOSE_MHWMP_DEBUG, a debugging option for HWMP
frame processing.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update the format of path selection frames according to latest
draft (3.03).
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update the length and format of the peer link management action frames.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The Mesh Configuration Formation Info field contains the number of
neighbors. This means that the beacon must be updated every time a
peer joins or leaves.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update the mesh time to live field to 31 according to draft 3.03.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This updates the Mesh Configuration IE according to the latest
draft (3.03).
Notable changes include the simplified protocol IDs.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use new function to avoid doing read_lock().
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This also needs to be optimized for large number of devices.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When showing device statistics use RCU rather than read_lock(&dev_base_lock)
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use RCU to walk list of network devices in qdisc dump.
This could be optimized for large number of devices.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do not need to use read_lock(&dev_base_lock), use RCU instead.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change udp6_portaddr_hash() to use ipv6_addr_v4mapped()
inline instead of ipv6_addr_type().
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch rearranges the SIT DF bit handling using the new IPIP DF
code. The only externally visible effect should be the case where
PMTU is enabled and the MTU is exactly 1280 bytes. In this case the
previous code would send packets out with DF off while the new code
would set the DF bit. This is inline with RFC 4213.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Thanks,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Apparently, inet6_dump_addr() is not able to handle more than
64 ipv6 addresses per device. We must break from inner loops
in case skb is full, or else cursor is put at the end of list.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When handling large number of netdevice, inet6_dump_ifinfo()
is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity.
Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists
of the dev_index hash table, and RCU lookups.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use guard DECLARE_SOCKADDR in a few more places which allow
us to catch if the structure copied back is too big.
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP bind() can be O(N^2) in some pathological cases.
Thanks to secondary hash tables, we can make it O(N)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net/fsl_pq_mdio: add module license GPL
can: fix WARN_ON dump in net/core/rtnetlink.c:rtmsg_ifinfo()
can: should not use __dev_get_by_index() without locks
hisax: remove bad udelay call to fix build error on ARM
ipip: Fix handling of DF packets when pmtudisc is OFF
qlge: Set PCIe reset type for EEH to fundamental.
qlge: Fix early exit from mbox cmd complete wait.
ixgbe: fix traffic hangs on Tx with ioatdma loaded
ixgbe: Fix checking TFCS register for TXOFF status when DCB is enabled
ixgbe: Fix gso_max_size for 82599 when DCB is enabled
macsonic: fix crash on PowerBook 520
NET: cassini, fix lock imbalance
ems_usb: Fix byte order issues on big endian machines
be2net: Bug fix to send config commands to hardware after netdev_register
be2net: fix to set proper flow control on resume
netfilter: xt_connlimit: fix regression caused by zero family value
rt2x00: Don't queue ieee80211 work after USB removal
Revert "ipw2200: fix oops on missing firmware"
decnet: netdevice refcount leak
netfilter: nf_nat: fix NAT issue in 2.6.30.4+
...
something-bility is spelled as something-blity
so a grep for 'blit' would find these lines
this is so trivial that I didn't split it by subsystem / copy
additional maintainers - all changes are to comments
The only purpose is to get fewer false positives when grepping
around the kernel sources.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <hohndel@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This fixes the following bug in the current implementation of
net/xfrm: SAD entries timeouts do not count the time spent by the machine
in the suspended state. This leads to the connectivity problems because
after resuming local machine thinks that the SAD entry is still valid, while
it has already been expired on the remote server.
The cause of this is very simple: the timeouts in the net/xfrm are bound to
the old mod_timer() timers. This patch reassigns them to the
CLOCK_REALTIME hrtimer.
I have been using this version of the patch for a few months on my
machines without any problems. Also run a few stress tests w/o any
issues.
This version of the patch uses tasklet_hrtimer by Peter Zijlstra
(commit 9ba5f0).
This patch is against 2.6.31.4. Please CC me.
Signed-off-by: Yury Polyanskiy <polyanskiy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds compat_ioctl support for SIOCWANDEV, which has
always been missing.
The definition of struct compat_ifreq was missing an
ifru_settings fields that is needed to support SIOCWANDEV,
so add that and clean up the whitespace damage in the
struct definition.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SIOCGMIIPHY and SIOCGMIIREG return data through ifreq,
so it needs to be converted on the way out as well.
SIOCGIFPFLAGS is unused, but has the same problem in theory.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When skb_clone() fails, we should increment sk_drops and SNMP counters.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPV6 UDP multicast rx path is a bit complex and can hold a spinlock
for a long time.
Using a small (32 or 64 entries) stack of socket pointers can help
to perform expensive operations (skb_clone(), udp_queue_rcv_skb())
outside of the lock, in most cases.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP multicast rx path is a bit complex and can hold a spinlock
for a long time.
Using a small (32 or 64 entries) stack of socket pointers can help
to perform expensive operations (skb_clone(), udp_queue_rcv_skb())
outside of the lock, in most cases.
It's also a base for a future RCU conversion of multicast recption.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lucian Adrian Grijincu <lgrijincu@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We first locate the (local port) hash chain head
If few sockets are in this chain, we proceed with previous lookup algo.
If too many sockets are listed, we take a look at the secondary
(port, address) hash chain.
We choose the shortest chain and proceed with a RCU lookup on the elected chain.
But, if we chose (port, address) chain, and fail to find a socket on given address,
we must try another lookup on (port, in6addr_any) chain to find sockets not bound
to a particular IP.
-> No extra cost for typical setups, where the first lookup will probabbly
be performed.
RCU lookups everywhere, we dont acquire spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We first locate the (local port) hash chain head
If few sockets are in this chain, we proceed with previous lookup algo.
If too many sockets are listed, we take a look at the secondary
(port, address) hash chain we added in previous patch.
We choose the shortest chain and proceed with a RCU lookup on the elected chain.
But, if we chose (port, address) chain, and fail to find a socket on given address,
we must try another lookup on (port, INADDR_ANY) chain to find socket not bound
to a particular IP.
-> No extra cost for typical setups, where the first lookup will probabbly
be performed.
RCU lookups everywhere, we dont acquire spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extends udp_table to contain a secondary hash table.
socket anchor for this second hash is free, because UDP
doesnt use skc_bind_node : We define an union to hold
both skc_bind_node & a new hlist_nulls_node udp_portaddr_node
udp_lib_get_port() inserts sockets into second hash chain
(additional cost of one atomic op)
udp_lib_unhash() deletes socket from second hash chain
(additional cost of one atomic op)
Note : No spinlock lockdep annotation is needed, because
lock for the secondary hash chain is always get after
lock for primary hash chain.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Union sk_hash with two u16 hashes for udp (no extra memory taken)
One 16 bits hash on (local port) value (the previous udp 'hash')
One 16 bits hash on (local address, local port) values, initialized
but not yet used. This second hash is using jenkin hash for better
distribution.
Because the 'port' is xored later, a partial hash is performed
on local address + net_hash_mix(net)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds a counter in udp_hslot to keep an accurate count
of sockets present in chain.
This will permit to upcoming UDP lookup algo to chose
the shortest chain when secondary hash is added.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no good reason to not support userspace specifying the
network namespace during device creation, and it makes it easier
to create a network device and pass it to a child network namespace
with a well known name.
We have to be careful to ensure that the target network namespace
for the new device exists through the life of the call. To keep
that logic clear I have factored out the network namespace grabbing
logic into rtnl_link_get_net.
In addtion we need to continue to pass the source network namespace
to the rtnl_link_ops.newlink method so that we can find the base
device source network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
atalk_sum_partial can now use the rol16 function in bitops.h
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using RCU helps not touching device refcount in rawv6_bind()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcm_proc_getifname() is called with RTNL and dev_base_lock
not held. It calls __dev_get_by_index() without locks, and
this is illegal (might crash)
Close the race by holding dev_base_lock and copying dev->name
in the protected section.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The x25 driver uses lock_kernel() implicitly through
its proto_ops wrapper. The makes the usage explicit
in order to get rid of that wrapper and to better document
the usage of the BKL.
The next step should be to get rid of the usage of the BKL
in x25 entirely, which requires understanding what data
structures need serialized accesses.
Cc: Henner Eisen <eis@baty.hanse.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-x25@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The irda driver uses the BKL implicitly in its protocol
operations. Replace the wrapped proto_ops with explicit
lock_kernel() calls makes the usage more obvious and
shrinks the size of the object code.
The calls t lock_kernel() should eventually all be replaced
by other serialization methods, which requires finding out
The calls t lock_kernel() should eventually all be replaced
by other serialization methods, which requires finding out
which data actually needs protection.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Making the BKL usage explicit in ipx makes it more
obvious where it is used, reduces code size and helps
getting rid of the BKL in common code.
I did not analyse how to kill lock_kernel from ipx
entirely, this will involve either proving that it's not
needed, or replacing with a proper mutex or spinlock,
after finding out which data structures are protected
by the lock.
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Making the BKL usage explicit in appletalk makes it more
obvious where it is used, reduces code size and helps
getting rid of the BKL in common code.
I did not analyse how to kill lock_kernel from appletalk
entirely, this will involve either proving that it's not
needed, or replacing with a proper mutex or spinlock,
after finding out which data structures are protected
by the lock.
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SPIN_LOCK_UNLOCKED is deprecated. Use DEFINE_SPINLOCK instead.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MII ioctls and SIOCSIFNAME need to go through ifsioc conversion,
which they never did so far. Some others are not implemented in the
native path, so we can just return -EINVAL directly.
Add IFSLAVE ioctls to the EINVAL list and move it to the end to
optimize the code path for the common case.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes the original socket compat_ioctl code
from fs/compat_ioctl.c and converts the code from the copy
in net/socket.c into a single function. We add a few cycles
of runtime to compat_sock_ioctl() with the long switch()
statement, but gain some cycles in return by simplifying
the call chain to get there.
Due to better inlining, save 1.5kb of object size in the
process, and enable further savings:
before:
text data bss dec hex filename
13540 18008 2080 33628 835c obj/fs/compat_ioctl.o
14565 636 40 15241 3b89 obj/net/socket.o
after:
text data bss dec hex filename
8916 15176 2080 26172 663c obj/fs/compat_ioctl.o
20725 636 40 21401 5399 obj/net/socket.o
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We must not have a compat ioctl handler for SIOCATALKDIFADDR
in common code, because the same number is used in other protocols
with different data structures.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes an identical copy of the socket compat_ioctl code
from fs/compat_ioctl.c to net/socket.c, as a preparation
for moving the functionality in a way that can be easily
reviewed.
The code is hidden inside of #if 0 and gets activated in the
patch that will make it work.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC 2003 requires the outer header to have DF set if DF is set
on the inner header, even when PMTU discovery is off for the
tunnel. Our implementation does exactly that.
For this to work properly the IPIP gateway also needs to engate
in PMTU when the inner DF bit is set. As otherwise the original
host would not be able to carry out its PMTU successfully since
part of the path is only visible to the gateway.
Unfortunately when the tunnel PMTU discovery setting is off, we
do not collect the necessary soft state, resulting in blackholes
when the original host tries to perform PMTU discovery.
This problem is not reproducible on the IPIP gateway itself as
the inner packet usually has skb->local_df set. This is not
correctly cleared (an unrelated bug) when the packet passes
through the tunnel, which allows fragmentation to occur. For
hosts behind the IPIP gateway it is readily visible with a simple
ping.
This patch fixes the problem by performing PMTU discovery for
all packets with the inner DF bit set, regardless of the PMTU
discovery setting on the tunnel itself.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit v2.6.28-rc1~717^2~109^2~2 was slightly incomplete; not all
instances of par->match->family were changed to par->family.
References: http://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=610
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some devices require that all frames to a station
are flushed when that station goes into powersave
mode before being able to send frames to that
station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in
order to avoid reordering and too many or too few
frames being sent to the station when it polls.
Normally, this is the case unless the station
goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again.
But in that case, frames for it may be pending
on the hardware queues, and thus races could
happen in the case of multiple hardware queues
used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem,
but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make
sure the race doesn't happen.
This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race
with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER
per-station flag that can be controlled by the
driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit
frames or not. This flag must be set according to
very specific rules outlined in the documentation
for the function that controls it.
When we buffer new frames for the station, we
normally set the TIM bit right away, but while
the driver has blocked transmission to that sta
we need to avoid that as well since we cannot
respond to the station if it wakes up due to the
TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set
the TIM bit.
Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we
need to wait until all other frames are flushed
before we can transmit frames to that station,
so the same applies here, we need to wait for
the driver to give the OK.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NETLINK_URELEASE notifier is only invoked for bound sockets, so
there is no need to check ->pid again.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add support for two more NL802154 commands: ADD_IFACE and DEL_IFACE,
thus allowing creation and removal of logic WPAN interfaces on the top
of wpan-phy.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Move all mac-related stuff to separate file so that ieee802154/netlink.c
contains only generic code.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
There is no real need to have ieee802154 interfaces separate
into several small modules, as neither of them has it's own use.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Follow the usual pattern of devices registration by adding new function
(wpan_phy_set_dev) that sets child->parent relationship and removing
parent argument from wpan_phy_register call.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 defines channel pages that hold channels (max 32 pages,
27 channels per page). Allow the driver to specify supported channels
on pages, other than the first one.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Set page to zero (for compatibility w/ devices supporting only first page).
Also init channel by default to -1 to disallow transfers for non-initialised
devices.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/cdc_ether.c
All CDC ethernet devices of type USB_CLASS_COMM need to use
'&mbm_info'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on device refcount stuff, I found a device refcount leak
through DECNET.
This nasty bug can be used to hold refcounts on any !DECNET netdevice.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vitezslav Samel discovered that since 2.6.30.4+ active FTP can not work
over NAT. The "cause" of the problem was a fix of unacknowledged data
detection with NAT (commit a3a9f79e36).
However, actually, that fix uncovered a long standing bug in TCP conntrack:
when NAT was enabled, we simply updated the max of the right edge of
the segments we have seen (td_end), by the offset NAT produced with
changing IP/port in the data. However, we did not update the other parameter
(td_maxend) which is affected by the NAT offset. Thus that could drift
away from the correct value and thus resulted breaking active FTP.
The patch below fixes the issue by *not* updating the conntrack parameters
from NAT, but instead taking into account the NAT offsets in conntrack in a
consistent way. (Updating from NAT would be more harder and expensive because
it'd need to re-calculate parameters we already calculated in conntrack.)
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/core/sock.c: In function 'sock_setsockopt':
net/core/sock.c:396: warning: 'index' may be used uninitialized in this function
net/core/sock.c:396: note: 'index' was declared here
GCC can't see that all paths initialize index, so just
set it to the default (0) and eliminate the specific
code block that handles the null device name string.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cur_pkt_size can be changed in proc fs while pktgen is running,
we better use a private field to get precise tx-bytes counter.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid dev_hold()/dev_put() in sock_bindtodevice()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending fragmentation expiration ICMP V4/V6 messages,
we can avoid touching device refcount, thanks to RCU
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We hold RTNL in tc_dump_tfilter(), we can avoid dev_hold()/dev_put()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid touching device refcount in sctp/ipv6, thanks to RCU
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use dev_get_by_name_rcu() to avoid dev_put() calls,
in sections already inside a rcu_read_lock()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add_del_if() is called with RTNL, we can use __dev_get_by_index()
instead of [dev_get_by_index() + dev_put()]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before calling capable(CAP_NET_RAW) check if this operations is on behalf
of the kernel or on behalf of userspace. Do not do the security check if
it is on behalf of the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The generic __sock_create function has a kern argument which allows the
security system to make decisions based on if a socket is being created by
the kernel or by userspace. This patch passes that flag to the
net_proto_family specific create function, so it can do the same thing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct can_proto had a capability field which wasn't ever used. It is
dropped entirely.
struct inet_protosw had a capability field which can be more clearly
expressed in the code by just checking if sock->type = SOCK_RAW.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While hunting dev_put() for net-next-2.6, I found a device refcount
leak in ROSE, ioctl(SIOCADDRT) error path.
Fix is to not touch device refcount, as we hold RTNL
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bridge code assumes ethernet addressing, so be more strict in
the what is allowed. This showed up when GRE had a bug and was not
using correct address format.
Add some more comments for increased clarity.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variable 'other_way' gets initialized but is not read afterwards,
so remove it. Pass the right arguments to a pr_debug call.
While being at tidy up a bit and it fix this checkpatch warning:
WARNING: suspect code indent for conditional statements
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Trying to parse the option of a SYN packet that we have
no route entry for should just use global wide defaults
for route entry options.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Tested-by: Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling IPv4 specific inet_csk_route_req in tcp_check_req
is a bad idea and crashes machine on IPv6 connections, as reported
by Valdis Kletnieks
Also, all we are really interested in is the timestamp
option in the header, so calling tcp_parse_options()
with the "estab" set to false flag is an overkill as
it tries to parse half a dozen other TCP options.
We know whether timestamp should be enabled or not
using data from request_sock.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Tested-by: Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed by Stephen Rothwell, commit c6d14c84 added a warning :
net/ipv4/devinet.c: In function 'inet_select_addr':
net/ipv4/devinet.c:902: warning: label 'out' defined but not used
delete unused 'out' label and do some cleanups as well
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The internal scan request mac80211 uses to
scan for IBSS networks was set up to contain
no channels at all because n_channels wasn't
set after setting up the channels array. Fix
this to properly scan for networks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, in IBSS mode, a single creator would go into
a loop trying to merge/scan. This happens because the IBSS timer is
rearmed on finishing a scan and the subsequent
timer invocation requests another scan immediately.
This patch fixes this issue by checking if we have just completed
a scan run trying to merge with other IBSS networks.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we have a TODO item to make all station
management dependent on virtual interfaces, I
figured I'd start with pushing such a change
to drivers before more drivers start using the
ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and
cause us grief later on.
For now continue exporting the old API in form
of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage
its use strongly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 211a4d12abf86fe0df4cd68fc6327cbb58f56f81
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Oct 20 15:08:53 2009 +0900
cfg80211: sme: deauthenticate on assoc failure
accidentally introduced a dead variable, I had
changed the code to not need it while creating
the patch and it looks like I forgot to remove
the variable (and nobody else noticed either).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
nf_unregister_queue_handlers() already does a synchronize_rcu()
call, we dont need to do it again in callers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Adds RCU management to the list of netdevices.
Convert some for_each_netdev() users to RCU version, if
it can avoid read_lock-ing dev_base_lock
Ie:
read_lock(&dev_base_loack);
for_each_netdev(net, dev)
some_action();
read_unlock(&dev_base_lock);
becomes :
rcu_read_lock();
for_each_netdev_rcu(net, dev)
some_action();
rcu_read_unlock();
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Another rcu conversion to avoid one dev_hold()/dev_put() pair
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These checks don't make sense anymore since rtnl_notify() cannot fail.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently it is possible to request a scan on only
disabled channels, which could be problematic for
some drivers. Reject such scans, and also ignore
disabled channels that are given. This resuls in
the scan begin/end event only including channels
that are actually used.
This makes the mac80211 check for disabled channels
superfluous. At the same time, remove the no-IBSS
check from mac80211 -- nothing says that we should
not find any networks on channels that cannot be
used for an IBSS, even when operating in IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Neither of these commands should clear the current configuration value
if they return error. Furthermore, cfg80211_set_cipher_group() should
be able to handle IW_AUTH_CIPHER_NONE without reporting error.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since sometimes mac80211 queues up a scan request
to only act on it later, it must be allowed to
(internally) cancel a not-yet-running scan, e.g.
when the interface is taken down. This condition
was missing since we always checked only the
local->scanning variable which isn't yet set in
that situation.
Reported-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The multi-line code in this macro wasn't wrapped
in do {} while (0) so we cannot use it in an if()
branch safely in the future -- fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For some strange reason the netif_running() check
ended up after the actual type change instead of
before, potentially causing all kinds of problems
if the interface is up while changing the type;
one of the problems manifests itself as a warning:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/iface.c:651 ieee80211_teardown_sdata+0xda/0x1a0 [mac80211]()
Hardware name: Aspire one
Pid: 2596, comm: wpa_supplicant Tainted: G W 2.6.31-10-generic #32-Ubuntu
Call Trace:
[] warn_slowpath_common+0x6d/0xa0
[] warn_slowpath_null+0x15/0x20
[] ieee80211_teardown_sdata+0xda/0x1a0 [mac80211]
[] ieee80211_if_change_type+0x4a/0xc0 [mac80211]
[] ieee80211_change_iface+0x61/0xa0 [mac80211]
[] cfg80211_wext_siwmode+0xc7/0x120 [cfg80211]
[] ioctl_standard_call+0x58/0xf0
(http://www.kerneloops.org/searchweek.php?search=ieee80211_teardown_sdata)
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 211a4d12abf86fe0df4cd68fc6327cbb58f56f81
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Oct 20 15:08:53 2009 +0900
cfg80211: sme: deauthenticate on assoc failure
introduced a potential NULL pointer dereference that
some people have been hitting for some reason -- the
params.bssid pointer is not guaranteed to be non-NULL
for what seems to be a race between various ways of
reaching the same thing.
While I'm trying to analyse the problem more let's
first fix the crash. I think the real fix may be to
avoid doing _anything_ if it ended up being NULL, but
right now I'm not sure yet.
I think
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=14342
might also be this issue.
Reported-by: Parag Warudkar <parag.lkml@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Parag Warudkar <parag.lkml@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch below also addresses a couple of other corner cases in readdir
seen with a large (e.g. 64k) msize. I'm not sure what people think of
my co-opting of fid->aux here. I'd be happy to rework if there's a better
way.
When the size of the user supplied buffer passed to readdir is smaller
than the data returned in one go by the 9P read request, v9fs_dir_readdir()
currently discards extra data so that, on the next call, a 9P read
request will be issued with offset < previous offset + bytes returned,
which voilates the constraint described in paragraph 3 of read(5) description.
This patch preseves the leftover data in fid->aux for use in the next call.
Signed-off-by: Jim Garlick <garlick@llnl.gov>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Avoids touching device refcount in datagram_send_ctl(), thanks to RCU
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoids touching device refcount in inet6_bind(), thanks to RCU
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using dev_get_by_index_rcu() in ip6_tnl_rcv_ctl() & ip6_tnl_xmit_ctl()
avoids touching device refcount.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- packet_sendmsg_spkt() can use dev_get_by_name_rcu() to avoid touching device refcount.
- packet_getname_spkt() & packet_getname() can use dev_get_by_index_rcu() to
avoid touching device refcount too.
tpacket_snd() & packet_snd() can not use RCU yet because they can sleep when
allocating skb.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All ioctls() implemented by dev_ifsioc_locked() :
SIOCGIFFLAGS, SIOCGIFMETRIC, SIOCGIFMTU, SIOCGIFHWADDR,
SIOCGIFSLAVE, SIOCGIFMAP, SIOCGIFINDEX & SIOCGIFTXQLEN
can use RCU lock instead of dev_base_lock rwlock
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can avoid touching device refcount in icmp_send(),
using dev_get_by_index_rcu()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use dev_get_by_index_rcu() instead of __dev_get_by_index() and
dev_base_lock rwlock
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I tested the recent unregister many changes and got a weird,
nasty and seemingly unrelasted kernel oops. Changing
unregister_netdevice_queue to use list_move_tail fixes
the problem for me.
ip link add type veth
rmmod veth
ls /sys/class/net/
showed one of the veth devices still present.
A subsequent ip link oopsed the box.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some workloads hit dev_base_lock rwlock pretty hard.
We can use RCU lookups to avoid touching this rwlock
(and avoid touching netdevice refcount)
netdevices are already freed after a RCU grace period, so this patch
adds no penalty at device dismantle time.
However, it adds a synchronize_rcu() call in dev_change_name()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move receive processing from event handler to a tasklet.
This should help prevent hangcheck timer from going off
when RDS is under heavy load.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This issue was discovered by HP's Pradeep and fixed in OFED
1.3, but not fixed in later versions, since the fix's implementation
was not immediately applyable to the later code. This patch should
do the trick for 1.4+ codebases.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove explicit destruction of passive connection when destroying
active end of the connection. The passive end is also on the
device's connection list, and will thus be cleaned up properly.
Panic was caused by trying to clean it up twice.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"At rds_ib_recv_refill_one(), it first executes atomic_read(&rds_ib_allocation)
for if-condition checking,
and then executes atomic_inc(&rds_ib_allocation) if the condition was
not satisfied.
However, if any other code which updates rds_ib_allocation executes
between these two atomic operation executions,
it seems that it may result race condition. (especially when
rds_ib_allocation + 1 == rds_ib_sysctl_max_recv_allocation)"
This patch fixes this by using atomic_inc_unless to eliminate the
possibility of allocating more than rds_ib_sysctl_max_recv_allocation
and then decrementing the count if the allocation fails. It also
makes an identical change to the iwarp transport.
Reported-by: Shin Hong <hongshin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RDS currently supports a GET_MR sockopt to establish a
memory region (MR) for a chunk of memory. However, the fastreg
method ties a MR to a particular destination. The GET_MR_FOR_DEST
sockopt allows the remote machine to be specified, and thus
support for fastreg (aka FRWRs).
Note that this patch does *not* do all of this - it simply
implements the new sockopt in terms of the old one, so applications
can begin to use the new sockopt in preparation for cutover to
FRWRs.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's not right to do something here when returning an
error, and hostapd should never have relied on it as
it only fixes up a small part of the problem anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This variable is set once, and tested once.
However, the code path that can set it is
mutually exclusive with the code path that
tests it, so the test is always true. Thus
we also don't need to set it either and can
just remove the variable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We drop nullfunc frames, but not qos-nullfunc frames,
even though those could be used for PS state control
as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When mac80211 is asked to buffer multicast frames
in AP mode, it will not set the flag indicating
that the frames should be sent after the DTIM
beacon for those frames buffered in software. Fix
this little inconsistency by always setting that
flag in the buffering code path.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This value is unused by mac80211, because it was only
be used by wireless extensions, and turned out to not
be useful there because the quality value needs to be
comparable between scan results and the current value
which is impossible when the qual value is calculated
taking into account noise, for example.
Since it is unused anyway, this patch deprecates it
in the hope that drivers will remove their sometimes
quite expensive calculations of the value.
I'm open to actual uses of the value, but the best
way of using it seems to be what the Intel drivers do
which should probably be generalised if we have noise
values from the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Compared to ieee80211_beacon_get(), the new function
ieee80211_beacon_get_tim() returns information on the
location and length of the TIM IE, which some drivers
need in order to generate the TIM on the device. The
old function, ieee80211_beacon_get(), becomes a small
static inline wrapper around the new one to not break
all drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixed a BUG_ON in __skb_trim() when paged rx is used in
iwlwifi driver. Yes, the whole mac80211 stack doesn't support
paged SKB yet. But let's start the work slowly from small
code snippets.
Reported-and-tested-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While there may be a case for a driver adding its
own bits of radiotap information, none currently
does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code
to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211
generates. If some driver in the future needs to
add some driver-specific information I'd expect
that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we
can add a different way of passing such data up
and having mac80211 include it.
Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to
IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by
b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps.
The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX
code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged
skb support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In
commit 601ae7f25a
Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible
code was added that tried to align the radiotap header
position in memory based on the radiotap header length.
Quite obviously, that is completely useless.
Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses
to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that,
we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header
packed, but that is fine since it's already packed
(and it should be marked packed anyway since its a
wire format).
Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's currently a very odd bug in mac80211 -- a
hardware scan that is done while the hardware is
really operating on 2.4 GHz will include CCK rates
in the probe request frame, even on 5 GHz (if the
driver uses the mac80211 IEs). Vice versa, if the
hardware is operating on 5 GHz the 2.4 GHz probe
requests will not include CCK rates even though
they should.
Fix this by splitting up cfg80211 scan requests by
band -- recalculating the IEs every time -- and
requesting only per-band scans from the driver.
Apparently this bug hasn't been a problem yet, but
it is imaginable that some older access points get
confused if confronted with such behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This comment hasn't been a real TODO item for a long
time now since we fixed that quite a while ago.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In TX path it was assumed that dynamic power save works only if
IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK is set. But is not the case, there are
devices which have nullfunc support in hardware but need mac80211
to handle dynamic power save timers, TI's wl1251 is one of them.
The fix is to not check for IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK in
is_dynamic_ps_enabled(), instead check IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flags and act accordingly.
Tested with wl1251.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Refactor dynamic power save checks to a function of it's own for better
readibility. No functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can save a lot of code and pointers in the structs
by using debugfs_remove_recursive().
First, change cfg80211 to use debugfs_remove_recursive()
so that drivers do not need to clean up any files they
added to the per-wiphy debugfs (if and only if they are
ok to be accessed until after wiphy_unregister!).
Then also make mac80211 use debugfs_remove_recursive()
where necessary -- it need not remove per-wiphy files
as cfg80211 now removes those, but netdev etc. files
still need to be handled but can now be removed without
needing struct dentry pointers to all of them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When HT debugging is enabled and we receive a DelBA
frame we print out the reason code in the wrong byte
order. Fix that so we don't get weird values printed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The addba timer function acquires the sta spinlock,
but at the same time we try to del_timer_sync() it
under the spinlock which can produce deadlocks.
To fix this, always del_timer_sync() the timer in
ieee80211_process_addba_resp() and add it again
after checking the conditions, if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IBSS code leaks a BSS struct after telling
cfg80211 about a given BSS by passing a frame.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This isn't beautifully abstracted, but it is simple,
simplifies uses and so far is only needed for the bonding driver.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Nathan Neulinger noticed that gretap devices get their MAC address
from the local IP address, which results in invalid MAC addresses
half of the time.
This is because gretap is still using the tunnel netdev ops rather
than the correct tap netdev ops struct.
This patch also fixes changelink to not clobber the MAC address
for the gretap case.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Tested-by: Nathan Neulinger <nneul@mst.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On UDP sockets, we must call skb_free_datagram() with socket locked,
or risk sk_forward_alloc corruption. This requirement is not respected
in SUNRPC.
Add a convenient helper, skb_free_datagram_locked() and use it in SUNRPC
Reported-by: Francis Moreau <francis.moro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Small cleanup of __dev_get_by_name() and __dev_get_by_index()
to use hlist_for_each_entry() : They'll look like their _rcu variant.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The temporary copy of the VLAN group is not neccessary since the lower device
is already in the process of being unregistered, if it was neccessary the
memset of the global group would introduce a race condition.
With this removed, the changes to the original code are only a few lines, so
remove the new function and move the code back into vlan_device_event().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct ax25_ctl_struct member `arg' is unsigned and cannot be less
than 0.
Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Policy routing is not looked up by mark on reverse path filtering.
This fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will allow drivers to adjust their receive path dynamically
based on whether GRO is being applied successfully.
Currently all in-tree callers ignore the return values of these
functions and do not need to be changed.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This clarifies which return and parameter types are GRO result codes
and not RX result codes.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (43 commits)
net: Fix 'Re: PACKET_TX_RING: packet size is too long'
netdev: usb: dm9601.c can drive a device not supported yet, add support for it
qlge: Fix firmware mailbox command timeout.
qlge: Fix EEH handling.
AF_RAW: Augment raw_send_hdrinc to expand skb to fit iphdr->ihl (v2)
bonding: fix a race condition in calls to slave MII ioctls
virtio-net: fix data corruption with OOM
sfc: Set ip_summed correctly for page buffers passed to GRO
cnic: Fix L2CTX_STATUSB_NUM offset in context memory.
MAINTAINERS: rt2x00 list is moderated
airo: Reorder tests, check bounds before element
mac80211: fix for incorrect sequence number on hostapd injected frames
libertas spi: fix sparse errors
mac80211: trivial: fix spelling in mesh_hwmp
cfg80211: sme: deauthenticate on assoc failure
mac80211: keep auth state when assoc fails
mac80211: fix ibss joining
b43: add 'struct b43_wl' missing declaration
b43: Fix Bugzilla #14181 and the bug from the previous 'fix'
rt2x00: Fix crypto in TX frame for rt2800usb
...
This should make it possible to test for the existence of local
sockets in the INPUT path.
References: http://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=125380481517129&w=2
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Currently PACKET_TX_RING forces certain amount of every frame to remain
unused. This probably originates from an early version of the
PACKET_TX_RING patch that in fact used the extra space when the (since
removed) CONFIG_PACKET_MMAP_ZERO_COPY option was enabled. The current
code does not make any use of this extra space.
This patch removes the extra space reservation and lets userspace make
use of the full frame size.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Gombas <gombasg@sztaki.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
proto_ops->getname implies copying protocol specific data
into storage unit (particulary to __kernel_sockaddr_storage).
So when we implement new protocol support we should keep such
a detail in mind (which is easy to forget about).
Lets introduce DECLARE_SOCKADDR helper which check if
storage unit is not overfowed at build time.
Eventually inet_getname is switched to use DECLARE_SOCKADDR
(to show example of usage).
Signed-off-by: Cyrill Gorcunov <gorcunov@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some workloads hit dev_base_lock rwlock pretty hard.
We can use RCU lookups to avoid touching this rwlock.
netdevices are already freed after a RCU grace period, so this patch
adds no penalty at device dismantle time.
dev_ifname() converted to dev_get_by_index_rcu()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
optlen is unsigned so the `< 0' test is never true.
Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there is data, the unsigned skb->len is greater than 0.
rt.sigdigits is unsigned as well, so the test `>= 0' is
always true, the other part of the test catches wrapped
values.
Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add and use no DSCAK bit in the features field.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Sigend-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Sigend-off-by: Yony Amit <yony@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add and use no window scale bit in the features field.
Note that this is not the same as setting a window scale of 0
as would happen with window limit on route.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Sigend-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Sigend-off-by: Yony Amit <yony@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement querying and acting upon the no timestamp bit in the feature
field.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Sigend-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Sigend-off-by: Yony Amit <yony@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement querying and acting upon the no sack bit in the features
field.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Sigend-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Sigend-off-by: Yony Amit <yony@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need tcp_parse_options to be aware of dst_entry to
take into account per dst_entry TCP options settings
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Sigend-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Sigend-off-by: Yony Amit <yony@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we only use tcp_parse_options here to check for the exietence
of TCP timestamp option in the header, it is better to call with
the "established" flag on.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Signed-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: Yony Amit <yony@comsleep.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Speedup module unloading by factorizing synchronize_rcu() calls
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Speedup module unloading by factorizing synchronize_rcu() calls
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Speedup module unloading by factorizing synchronize_rcu() calls
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Speedup module unloading by factorizing synchronize_rcu() calls
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Speedup module unloading by factorizing synchronize_rcu() calls
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Augment raw_send_hdrinc to correct for incorrect ip header length values
A series of oopses was reported to me recently. Apparently when using AF_RAW
sockets to send data to peers that were reachable via ipsec encapsulation,
people could panic or BUG halt their systems.
I've tracked the problem down to user space sending an invalid ip header over an
AF_RAW socket with IP_HDRINCL set to 1.
Basically what happens is that userspace sends down an ip frame that includes
only the header (no data), but sets the ip header ihl value to a large number,
one that is larger than the total amount of data passed to the sendmsg call. In
raw_send_hdrincl, we allocate an skb based on the size of the data in the msghdr
that was passed in, but assume the data is all valid. Later during ipsec
encapsulation, xfrm4_tranport_output moves the entire frame back in the skbuff
to provide headroom for the ipsec headers. During this operation, the
skb->transport_header is repointed to a spot computed by
skb->network_header + the ip header length (ihl). Since so little data was
passed in relative to the value of ihl provided by the raw socket, we point
transport header to an unknown location, resulting in various crashes.
This fix for this is pretty straightforward, simply validate the value of of
iph->ihl when sending over a raw socket. If (iph->ihl*4U) > user data buffer
size, drop the frame and return -EINVAL. I just confirmed this fixes the
reported crashes.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implements the netdev_ops.ndo_fcoe_get_wwn for VLAN device.
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Corrected a spelling error in a function name.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Petlund <apetlund@simula.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit d519e17e2d
(net: export device speed and duplex via sysfs)
made the wrong assumption that netdev->ethtool_ops was always set.
This makes possible to crash kernel and let rtnl in locked state.
modprobe dummy
ip link set dummy0 up
(udev runs and crash)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Speedup module unloading by factorizing synchronize_rcu() calls
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Speedup module unloading by factorizing synchronize_rcu() calls
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use unregister_netdevice_many() to speedup master device unregister.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding a list_head parameter to rtnl_link_ops->dellink() methods
allow us to queue devices on a list, in order to dismantle
them all at once.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce rollback_registered_many() and unregister_netdevice_many()
rollback_registered_many() is able to perform necessary steps at device dismantle
time, factorizing two expensive synchronize_net() calls.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patchs adds an unreg_list anchor to struct net_device, and
introduces an unregister_netdevice_queue() function, able to queue
a net_device to a list instead of immediately unregister it.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For nfsd we provide users the option of mapping uid's to server-side
supplementary group lists. That makes sense for nfsd, but not
necessarily for other rpc users (such as the callback client).
So move that lookup to svcauth_unix_set_client, which is a
program-specific method.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
We're adding enough nfs documentation that it may as well have its own
subdirectory.
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This makes the mesh housekeeping timer work properly on big endian
systems.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh portals proxy traffic for nodes external to the mesh. When a
proxied frame is received by a mesh interface, it should update its mesh
portal table. This was only happening for unicast frames. With this
change we also learn about mesh portals from proxied multicast frames.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replace netif_tx_{start,stop,wake}_all_queues with the single-queue
equivalents (i.e. netif_{start,stop,wake}_queue). Since we are down to
a single queue, these should peform slightly better.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It might be the case that __cfg80211_disconnected() has already
cleaned up wdev->current_bss() for us. The old code didn't catch
that situation and didn't warn needlessly.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX() functions.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When hostapd injects a frame, e.g. an authentication or association
response, mac80211 looks for a suitable access point virtual interface
to associate the frame with based on its source address. This makes it
possible e.g. to correctly assign sequence numbers to the frames.
A small typo in the ethernet address comparison statement caused a
failure to find a suitable ap interface. Sequence numbers on such
frames where therefore left unassigned causing some clients
(especially windows-based 11b/g clients) to reject them and fail to
authenticate or associate with the access point. This patch fixes the
typo in the address comparison statement.
Signed-off-by: Björn Smedman <bjorn.smedman@venatech.se>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix a typo in the description of hwmp_route_info_get(), no function
changes.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the in-kernel SME gets an association failure from
the AP we don't deauthenticate, and thus get into a very
confused state which will lead to warnings later on. Fix
this by actually deauthenticating when the AP indicates
an association failure.
(Brought to you by the hacking session at Kernel Summit 2009 in Tokyo,
Japan. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When association fails, we should stay authenticated,
which in mac80211 is represented by the existence of
the mlme work struct, so we cannot free that, instead
we need to just set it to idle.
(Brought to you by the hacking session at Kernel Summit 2009 in Tokyo,
Japan. -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Recent commit "mac80211: fix logic error ibss merge bssid check" fixed
joining of ibss cell when static bssid is provided. In this case
ifibss->bssid is set before the cell is joined and comparing that address
to a bss should thus always succeed. Unfortunately this change broke the
other case of joining a ibss cell without providing a static bssid where
the value of ifibss->bssid is not set before the cell is joined.
Since ifibss->bssid may be set before or after joining the cell we do not
learn anything by comparing it to a known bss. Remove this check.
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently use a 16 bit field (vlan_tci) to store VLAN ID/PRIO on a skb.
Null value is used as a special value, meaning vlan tagging not enabled.
This forbids use of null vlan ID.
As pointed by David, some drivers use the 3 high order bits (PRIO)
As VLAN ID is 12 bits, we can use the remaining bit (CFI) as a flag, and
allow null VLAN ID.
In case future code really wants to use VLAN_CFI_MASK, we'll have to use
a bit outside of vlan_tci.
#define VLAN_PRIO_MASK 0xe000 /* Priority Code Point */
#define VLAN_PRIO_SHIFT 13
#define VLAN_CFI_MASK 0x1000 /* Canonical Format Indicator */
#define VLAN_TAG_PRESENT VLAN_CFI_MASK
#define VLAN_VID_MASK 0x0fff /* VLAN Identifier */
Reported-by: Gertjan Hofman <gertjan_hofman@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While playing with pktgen, I realized IP ID was not filled and a
random value was taken, possibly leaking 2 bytes of kernel memory.
We can use an increasing ID, this can help diagnostics anyway.
Also clear packet payload, instead of leaking kernel memory.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When handling large number of netdevice, rtnl_dump_ifinfo()
is very slow because it has O(N^2) complexity.
Instead of scanning one single list, we can use the 256 sub lists
of the dev_index hash table.
This considerably speedups "ip link" operations
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GRE tunnels use one rwlock to protect their hash tables.
This locking scheme can be converted to RCU for free, since netdevice
already must wait for a RCU grace period at dismantle time.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ip6_tunnels use one rwlock to protect their hash tables.
This locking scheme can be converted to RCU for free, since netdevice
already must wait for a RCU grace period at dismantle time.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPIP tunnels use one rwlock to protect their hash tables.
This locking scheme can be converted to RCU for free, since netdevice
already must wait for a RCU grace period at dismantle time.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm6_tunnels use one rwlock to protect their hash tables.
Plain and straightforward conversion to RCU locking to permit better SMP
performance.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SIT tunnels use one rwlock to protect their hash tables.
This locking scheme can be converted to RCU for free, since netdevice
already must wait for a RCU grace period at dismantle time.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SIT tunnels use one rwlock to protect their prl entries.
This first patch adds RCU locking for prl management,
with standard call_rcu() calls.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit b6b39e8f3f (tcp: Try to catch MSG_PEEK bug) added a printk()
to the WARN_ON() that's in tcp.c. This patch changes this combination
to WARN(); the advantage of WARN() is that the printk message shows up
inside the message, so that kerneloops.org will collect the message.
In addition, this gets rid of an extra if() statement.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux-2.6-for-linus:
move virtrng_remove to .devexit.text
move virtballoon_remove to .devexit.text
virtio_blk: Revert serial number support
virtio: let header files include virtio_ids.h
virtio_blk: revert QUEUE_FLAG_VIRT addition
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (21 commits)
niu: VLAN_ETH_HLEN should be used to make sure that the whole MAC header was copied to the head buffer in the Vlan packets case
KS8851: Fix ks8851_set_rx_mode() for IFF_MULTICAST
KS8851: Fix MAC address write order
KS8851: Add soft reset at probe time
net: fix section mismatch in fec.c
net: Fix struct inet_timewait_sock bitfield annotation
tcp: Try to catch MSG_PEEK bug
net: Fix IP_MULTICAST_IF
bluetooth: static lock key fix
bluetooth: scheduling while atomic bug fix
tcp: fix TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT retrans calculation
tcp: reduce SYN-ACK retrans for TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT
tcp: accept socket after TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT period
Revert "tcp: fix tcp_defer_accept to consider the timeout"
AF_UNIX: Fix deadlock on connecting to shutdown socket
ethoc: clear only pending irqs
ethoc: inline regs access
vmxnet3: use dev_dbg, fix build for CONFIG_BLOCK=n
virtio_net: use dev_kfree_skb_any() in free_old_xmit_skbs()
be2net: fix support for PCI hot plug
...
rtnl_getlink() & rtnl_setlink() run with RTNL held, we can use
__dev_get_by_index() and __dev_get_by_name() variants and avoid
dev_hold()/dev_put()
Adds to rtnl_getlink() the capability to find a device by its name,
not only by its index.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rusty,
commit 3ca4f5ca73
virtio: add virtio IDs file
moved all device IDs into a single file. While the change itself is
a very good one, it can break userspace applications. For example
if a userspace tool wanted to get the ID of virtio_net it used to
include virtio_net.h. This does no longer work, since virtio_net.h
does not include virtio_ids.h.
This patch moves all "#include <linux/virtio_ids.h>" from the C
files into the header files, making the header files compatible with
the old ones.
In addition, this patch exports virtio_ids.h to userspace.
CC: Fernando Luis Vazquez Cao <fernando@oss.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
For connected sockets, the first run of dev_pick_tx saves the
calculated txq in sk_tx_queue_mapping. This is not saved if
either the device has a queue select or the socket is not
connected. Next iterations of dev_pick_tx uses the cached value
of sk_tx_queue_mapping.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_negative_advice() should check for changed dst and reset
sk_tx_queue_mapping accordingly. Pass sock to the callers of
dst_negative_advice.
(sk_reset_txq is defined just for use by dst_negative_advice. The
only way I could find to get around this is to move dst_negative_()
from dst.h to dst.c, include sock.h in dst.c, etc)
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6: Reset sk_tx_queue_mapping when dst_cache is reset. Use existing
macro to do the work.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce sk_tx_queue_mapping; and functions that set, test and
get this value. Reset sk_tx_queue_mapping to -1 whenever the dst
cache is set/reset, and in socket alloc. Setting txq to -1 and
using valid txq=<0 to n-1> allows the tx path to use the value
of sk_tx_queue_mapping directly instead of subtracting 1 on every
tx.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It can help being able to filter packets on their queue_mapping.
If filter performance is not good, we could add a "numqueue" field
in struct packet_type, so that netif_nit_deliver() and other functions
can directly ignore packets with not expected queue number.
Lets experiment this simple filter extension first.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We hold RTNL, we can use __dev_get_by_index() instead of dev_get_by_index()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While doing multiple captures, I found af_packet was dirtying cache line
containing its prot_hook.
This slow down machines where several cpus are necessary to handle capture
traffic, as each prot_hook is traversed for each packet coming in or out
the host.
This patches moves "struct packet_type prot_hook" to the end of
packet_sock, and uses a ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp to make sure
this remains shared by all cpus.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch tries to print out more information when we hit the
MSG_PEEK bug in tcp_recvmsg. It's been around since at least
2005 and it's about time that we finally fix it.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use symbols instead of magic constants while checking PMTU discovery
setsockopt.
Remove redundant test in ip_rt_frag_needed() (done by caller).
Signed-off-by: John Dykstra <john.dykstra1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow bpf to set a filter to drop packets that dont
match a specific mark
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv4/ipv6 setsockopt(IP_MULTICAST_IF) have dubious __dev_get_by_index() calls.
This function should be called only with RTNL or dev_base_lock held, or reader
could see a corrupt hash chain and eventually enter an endless loop.
Fix is to call dev_get_by_index()/dev_put().
If this happens to be performance critical, we could define a new dev_exist_by_index()
function to avoid touching dev refcount.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT conversion between seconds and
retransmission to match the TCP SYN-ACK retransmission periods
because the time is converted to such retransmissions. The old
algorithm selects one more retransmission in some cases. Allow
up to 255 retransmissions.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change SYN-ACK retransmitting code for the TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT
users to not retransmit SYN-ACKs during the deferring period if
ACK from client was received. The goal is to reduce traffic
during the deferring period. When the period is finished
we continue with sending SYN-ACKs (at least one) but this time
any traffic from client will change the request to established
socket allowing application to terminate it properly.
Also, do not drop acked request if sending of SYN-ACK fails.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Willy Tarreau and many other folks in recent years
were concerned what happens when the TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT period
expires for clients which sent ACK packet. They prefer clients
that actively resend ACK on our SYN-ACK retransmissions to be
converted from open requests to sockets and queued to the
listener for accepting after the deferring period is finished.
Then application server can decide to wait longer for data
or to properly terminate the connection with FIN if read()
returns EAGAIN which is an indication for accepting after
the deferring period. This change still can have side effects
for applications that expect always to see data on the accepted
socket. Others can be prepared to work in both modes (with or
without TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT period) and their data processing can
ignore the read=EAGAIN notification and to allocate resources for
clients which proved to have no data to send during the deferring
period. OTOH, servers that use TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT=1 as flag (not
as a timeout) to wait for data will notice clients that didn't
send data for 3 seconds but that still resend ACKs.
Thanks to Willy Tarreau for the initial idea and to
Eric Dumazet for the review and testing the change.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 6d01a026b7.
Julian Anastasov, Willy Tarreau and Eric Dumazet have come up
with a more correct way to deal with this.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now, calls to wimax_rfkill() will be blocked until the device is
at least past the WIMAX_ST_UNINITIALIZED state, return -ENOMEDIUM when
the device is in the WIMAX_ST_DOWN state.
In parallel, wimax-tools would issue a wimax_rfkill(WIMAX_RF_QUERY)
call right after opening a handle with wimaxll_open() as means to
verify if the interface is really a WiMAX interface [newer kernel
version will have a call specifically for this].
The combination of these two facts is that in some cases, before the
driver has finalized initializing its device's firmware, a
wimaxll_open() call would fail, when it should not.
Thus, change the wimax_rfkill() code to allow queries when the device
is in WIMAX_ST_UNINITIALIZED state.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
It makes sense that the messaging pipe to the device can be used
before the device is fully ready, as long as it is registered with the
stack. Some debugging tools need it.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Add "debug" module options to all the wimax modules (including
drivers) so that the debug levels can be set upon kernel boot or
module load time.
This is needed as currently there was a limitation where the debug
levels could only be set when a device was succesfully
enumerated. This made it difficult to debug issues that made a device
not probe properly.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
The WiMAX stack assumes that all WiMAX devices are SW OFF when they
are initialized. The recent changes in the RFKILL stack thus cause an
initial call after rfkill_register(), because by default, rfkill
considers devices to be SW ON upon registration.
So call rfkill_init_sw_state() to set it to SW OFF so
rfkill_register() doesn't do that unnecessary step.
Signed-off-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky@linux.intel.com>
I found a deadlock bug in UNIX domain socket, which makes able to DoS
attack against the local machine by non-root users.
How to reproduce:
1. Make a listening AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket with an abstruct
namespace(*), and shutdown(2) it.
2. Repeat connect(2)ing to the listening socket from the other sockets
until the connection backlog is full-filled.
3. connect(2) takes the CPU forever. If every core is taken, the
system hangs.
PoC code: (Run as many times as cores on SMP machines.)
int main(void)
{
int ret;
int csd;
int lsd;
struct sockaddr_un sun;
/* make an abstruct name address (*) */
memset(&sun, 0, sizeof(sun));
sun.sun_family = PF_UNIX;
sprintf(&sun.sun_path[1], "%d", getpid());
/* create the listening socket and shutdown */
lsd = socket(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
bind(lsd, (struct sockaddr *)&sun, sizeof(sun));
listen(lsd, 1);
shutdown(lsd, SHUT_RDWR);
/* connect loop */
alarm(15); /* forcely exit the loop after 15 sec */
for (;;) {
csd = socket(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
ret = connect(csd, (struct sockaddr *)&sun, sizeof(sun));
if (-1 == ret) {
perror("connect()");
break;
}
puts("Connection OK");
}
return 0;
}
(*) Make sun_path[0] = 0 to use the abstruct namespace.
If a file-based socket is used, the system doesn't deadlock because
of context switches in the file system layer.
Why this happens:
Error checks between unix_socket_connect() and unix_wait_for_peer() are
inconsistent. The former calls the latter to wait until the backlog is
processed. Despite the latter returns without doing anything when the
socket is shutdown, the former doesn't check the shutdown state and
just retries calling the latter forever.
Patch:
The patch below adds shutdown check into unix_socket_connect(), so
connect(2) to the shutdown socket will return -ECONREFUSED.
Signed-off-by: Tomoki Sekiyama <tomoki.sekiyama.qu@hitachi.com>
Signed-off-by: Masanori Yoshida <masanori.yoshida.tv@hitachi.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last users of skb_icv_walk are converted to ahash now,
so skb_icv_walk is unused and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts ah6 to the new ahash interface.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts ah4 to the new ahash interface.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- skb_kill_datagram() can increment sk->sk_drops itself, not callers.
- UDP on IPV4 & IPV6 dropped frames (because of bad checksum or policy checks) increment sk_drops
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to have better cache layouts of struct sock (separate zones
for rx/tx paths), we need this preliminary patch.
Goal is to transfert fields used at lookup time in the first
read-mostly cache line (inside struct sock_common) and move sk_refcnt
to a separate cache line (only written by rx path)
This patch adds inet_ prefix to daddr, rcv_saddr, dport, num, saddr,
sport and id fields. This allows a future patch to define these
fields as macros, like sk_refcnt, without name clashes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. GENL_MIN_ID is a valid id -> no need to start at
GENL_MIN_ID + 1.
2. Avoid going through the ids two times: If we start at
GENL_MIN_ID+1 (*or bigger*) and all ids are over!, the
code iterates through the list twice (*or lesser*).
3. Simplify code - no need to start at idx=0 which gets
reset to GENL_MIN_ID.
Patch on net-next-2.6. Reboot test shows that first id
passed to genl_register_family was 16, next two were
GENL_ID_GENERATE and genl_generate_id returned 17 & 18
(user level testing of same code shows expected values
across entire range of MIN/MAX).
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
genl_register_family() doesn't need to call genl_family_find_byid
when GENL_ID_GENERATE is passed during register.
Patch on net-next-2.6, compile and reboot testing only.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove duplicate sock_set_flag(sk, SOCK_ZAPPED) in iucv_sock_close,
which has been overlooked in September-commit
7514bab04e.
Cc: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of modifying sk->sk_ack_backlog directly, use respective
socket functions.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_queue_rcv_skb() can update sk_drops itself, removing need for
callers to take care of it. This is more consistent since
sock_queue_rcv_skb() also reads sk_drops when queueing a skb.
This adds sk_drops managment to many protocols that not cared yet.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Phonet "universe" only has 64 addresses, so we keep a trivial flat
routing table.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looking at commit ebc3f64b86 it appears that this was intended
and not the original, equivalent to `if (facilities.reverse & ~0x81)'.
In x25_parse_facilities() that patch changed how facilities->reverse
was set. No other bits were set than 0x80 and/or 0x01.
Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Storing the mask (size - 1) instead of the size allows fast path to be
a bit faster.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
udp_poll() can in some circumstances drop frames with incorrect checksums.
Problem is we now have to lock the socket while dropping frames, or risk
sk_forward corruption.
This bug is present since commit 95766fff6b
([UDP]: Add memory accounting.)
While we are at it, we can correct ioctl(SIOCINQ) to also drop bad frames.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I was trying to use TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT and noticed that if the
client does not talk, the connection is never accepted and
remains in SYN_RECV state until the retransmits expire, where
it finally is deleted. This is bad when some firewall such as
netfilter sits between the client and the server because the
firewall sees the connection in ESTABLISHED state while the
server will finally silently drop it without sending an RST.
This behaviour contradicts the man page which says it should
wait only for some time :
TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT (since Linux 2.4)
Allows a listener to be awakened only when data arrives
on the socket. Takes an integer value (seconds), this
can bound the maximum number of attempts TCP will
make to complete the connection. This option should not
be used in code intended to be portable.
Also, looking at ipv4/tcp.c, a retransmit counter is correctly
computed :
case TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT:
icsk->icsk_accept_queue.rskq_defer_accept = 0;
if (val > 0) {
/* Translate value in seconds to number of
* retransmits */
while (icsk->icsk_accept_queue.rskq_defer_accept < 32 &&
val > ((TCP_TIMEOUT_INIT / HZ) <<
icsk->icsk_accept_queue.rskq_defer_accept))
icsk->icsk_accept_queue.rskq_defer_accept++;
icsk->icsk_accept_queue.rskq_defer_accept++;
}
break;
==> rskq_defer_accept is used as a counter of retransmits.
But in tcp_minisocks.c, this counter is only checked. And in
fact, I have found no location which updates it. So I think
that what was intended was to decrease it in tcp_minisocks
whenever it is checked, which the trivial patch below does.
Signed-off-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Meaning receive multiple messages, reducing the number of syscalls and
net stack entry/exit operations.
Next patches will introduce mechanisms where protocols that want to
optimize this operation will provide an unlocked_recvmsg operation.
This takes into account comments made by:
. Paul Moore: sock_recvmsg is called only for the first datagram,
sock_recvmsg_nosec is used for the rest.
. Caitlin Bestler: recvmmsg now has a struct timespec timeout, that
works in the same fashion as the ppoll one.
If the underlying protocol returns a datagram with MSG_OOB set, this
will make recvmmsg return right away with as many datagrams (+ the OOB
one) it has received so far.
. Rémi Denis-Courmont & Steven Whitehouse: If we receive N < vlen
datagrams and then recvmsg returns an error, recvmmsg will return
the successfully received datagrams, store the error and return it
in the next call.
This paves the way for a subsequent optimization, sk_prot->unlocked_recvmsg,
where we will be able to acquire the lock only at batch start and end, not at
every underlying recvmsg call.
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new socket level option to report number of queue overflows
Recently I augmented the AF_PACKET protocol to report the number of frames lost
on the socket receive queue between any two enqueued frames. This value was
exported via a SOL_PACKET level cmsg. AFter I completed that work it was
requested that this feature be generalized so that any datagram oriented socket
could make use of this option. As such I've created this patch, It creates a
new SOL_SOCKET level option called SO_RXQ_OVFL, which when enabled exports a
SOL_SOCKET level cmsg that reports the nubmer of times the sk_receive_queue
overflowed between any two given frames. It also augments the AF_PACKET
protocol to take advantage of this new feature (as it previously did not touch
sk->sk_drops, which this patch uses to record the overflow count). Tested
successfully by me.
Notes:
1) Unlike my previous patch, this patch simply records the sk_drops value, which
is not a number of drops between packets, but rather a total number of drops.
Deltas must be computed in user space.
2) While this patch currently works with datagram oriented protocols, it will
also be accepted by non-datagram oriented protocols. I'm not sure if thats
agreeable to everyone, but my argument in favor of doing so is that, for those
protocols which aren't applicable to this option, sk_drops will always be zero,
and reporting no drops on a receive queue that isn't used for those
non-participating protocols seems reasonable to me. This also saves us having
to code in a per-protocol opt in mechanism.
3) This applies cleanly to net-next assuming that commit
977750076d (my af packet cmsg patch) is reverted
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_rx() must be called with softirqs disabled
since the networking stack requires this for netif_rx()
and some code in mac80211 can assume that it can not
be processing its own tasklet and this call at the same
time.
It may be possible to remove this requirement after a
careful audit of mac80211 and doing any needed locking
improvements in it along with disabling softirqs around
netif_rx(). An alternative might be to push all packet
processing to process context in mac80211, instead of
to the tasklet, and add other synchronisation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a scan completes, we call ieee80211_sta_find_ibss(),
which is also called from other places. When the scan was
done in software, there's no problem as both run from the
single-threaded mac80211 workqueue and are thus serialised
against each other, but with hardware scan the completion
can be in a different context and race against callers of
this function from the workqueue (e.g. due to beacon RX).
So instead of calling ieee80211_sta_find_ibss() directly,
just arm the timer and have it fire, scheduling the work,
which will invoke ieee80211_sta_find_ibss() (if that is
appropriate in the current state).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ipv6 sit: Set relay to 0.0.0.0 directly if relay_prefixlen == 0.
Do not use bit-shift if relay_prefixlen == 0;
relay_prefix << 32 does not result in 0.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6 sit: Fix 6rd relay address.
Relay's address should be extracted from real IPv6 address
instead of configured prefix.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6 sit: Ensure to initialize 6rd parameters.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This probably deserves to go into -stable.
Pedit will reject a policy that is large because it
uses the wrong structure in the policy validation.
This fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After m68k's task_thread_info() doesn't refer to current,
it's possible to remove sched.h from interrupt.h and not break m68k!
Many thanks to Heiko Carstens for allowing this.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
The error unwinding code in set_netns has a bug
that will make it run into a BUG_ON if passed a
bad wiphy index, fix by not trying to unlock a
wiphy that doesn't exist.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (40 commits)
ethoc: limit the number of buffers to 128
ethoc: use system memory as buffer
ethoc: align received packet to make IP header at word boundary
ethoc: fix buffer address mapping
ethoc: fix typo to compute number of tx descriptors
au1000_eth: Duplicate test of RX_OVERLEN bit in update_rx_stats()
netxen: Fix Unlikely(x) > y
pasemi_mac: ethtool get settings fix
add maintainer for network drop monitor kernel service
tg3: Fix phylib locking strategy
rndis_host: support ETHTOOL_GPERMADDR
ipv4: arp_notify address list bug
gigaset: add kerneldoc comments
gigaset: correct debugging output selection
gigaset: improve error recovery
gigaset: fix device ERROR response handling
gigaset: announce if built with debugging
gigaset: handle isoc frame errors more gracefully
gigaset: linearize skb
gigaset: fix reject/hangup handling
...
Commit 9ef1d4c7c7 ("[NETLINK]: Missing
initializations in dumped data") introduced a typo in
initialization. This patch fixes this.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow enable/disable UFO on bridge device via ethtool
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that software UFO is supported, UFO can be enabled on master
devices like bridge, bond even though the attached device doesn't
support this feature in hardware.
This allows UFO to be used between KVM host and guest even when a
physical interface attached to the bridge doesn't support UFO.
Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sri@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP_HTABLE_SIZE was initialy defined to 128, which is a bit small for
several setups.
4000 active UDP sockets -> 32 sockets per chain in average. An
incoming frame has to lookup all sockets to find best match, so long
chains hurt latency.
Instead of a fixed size hash table that cant be perfect for every
needs, let UDP stack choose its table size at boot time like tcp/ip
route, using alloc_large_system_hash() helper
Add an optional boot parameter, uhash_entries=x so that an admin can
force a size between 256 and 65536 if needed, like thash_entries and
rhash_entries.
dmesg logs two new lines :
[ 0.647039] UDP hash table entries: 512 (order: 0, 4096 bytes)
[ 0.647099] UDP Lite hash table entries: 512 (order: 0, 4096 bytes)
Maximal size on 64bit arches would be 65536 slots, ie 1 MBytes for non
debugging spinlocks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no reason that cipso_v4_delopt() is not
defined as a static function.
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function argument len was redeclarated within the
function. This patch fix the redeclaration of symbol 'len'.
Signed-off-by: Hagen Paul Pfeifer <hagen@jauu.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Might as well use the ipv6_addr_set_v4mapped() inline we created last
year.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change ip6_route_redirect() to use ipv6_addr_copy().
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for route lookup using sk_mark on IPv4 listening sockets.
Signed-off-by: Atis Elsts <atis@mikrotik.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This continues the previous patch, by applying the same change to CCID-3.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This removes a redundancy in the CCID half-connection (hc) naming scheme:
* instead of 'hctx->tx_...', write 'hc->tx_...';
* instead of 'hcrx->rx_...', write 'hc->rx_...';
which works because the 'type' of the half-connection is encoded in the
'rx_' / 'tx_' prefixes.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements the new naming scheme also for CCID-3.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch starts a less problematic naming convention for CCID structs.
The old naming convention used 'hc{tx,rx}->ccid?hc{tx,rx}->...' as
recurring prefixes, which made the code
* hard to write (not easy to fit into 80 characters);
* hard to read (most of the space is occupied by prefixes).
The new naming scheme:
* struct entries for the TX socket are prefixed by 'tx_';
* and those for the RX socket are prefixed by 'rx_'.
The identifiers then remain distinguishable when grep-ing through the tree:
(a) RX/TX sockets are distinguished by the naming scheme,
(b) individual CCIDs are distinguished by filename (ccid{2,3,4}.{c,h}).
This first patch implements the scheme for CCID-2.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Acked-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Everything including this header includes net/cfg80211.h, which
includes linux/netdevice.h, which includes linux/ethtool.h already. Why
slow-down the build, even a little bit?
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's useful to provide firmware and hardware version to user space and have a
generic interface to retrieve them. Users can provide the version information
in bug reports etc.
Add fields for firmware and hardware version to struct wiphy.
(Dropped nl80211 bits for now and modified remaining bits in favor of
ethtool. -- JWL)
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Refactor wext to
* split out iwpriv handling
* split out iwspy handling
* split out procfs support
* allow cfg80211 to have wireless extensions compat code
w/o CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT
After this, drivers need to
- select WIRELESS_EXT - for wext support
- select WEXT_PRIV - for iwpriv support
- select WEXT_SPY - for iwspy support
except cfg80211 -- which gets new hooks in wext-core.c
and can then get wext handlers without CONFIG_WIRELESS_EXT.
Wireless extensions procfs support is auto-selected
based on PROC_FS and anything that requires the wext core
(i.e. WIRELESS_EXT or CFG80211_WEXT).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Linux keeps scan results up to 15 seconds. This can be a problem for fast
moving clients: they get back stale data. But if the kernel reports the age
of the BSS items, then user-space can simply weed out old entries by itself.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
kfree_skb() should be used to free struct sk_buff pointers.
Signed-off-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When receiving data frames, we can send them only to
the interface they belong to based on transmitting
station (this doesn't work for probe requests). Also,
don't try to handle other frames for AP_VLAN at all
since those interface should only receive data.
Additionally, the transmit side must check that the
station we're sending a frame to is actually on the
interface we're transmitting on, and not transmit
packets to functions that live on other interfaces,
so validate that as well.
Another bug fix is needed in sta_info.c where in the
VLAN case when adding/removing stations we overwrite
the sdata variable we still need.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes a bug with arp_notify.
If arp_notify is enabled, kernel will crash if address is changed
and no IP address is assigned.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=14330
Reported-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All usages of structure net_proto_ops should be declared const.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Friday 02 October 2009 20:53:51 you wrote:
> This is good although I would have shortened the name.
Ah, I knew I forgot something :) Here is v4.
tavi
>From 24d96d825b9fa832b22878cc6c990d5711968734 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Date: Fri, 2 Oct 2009 00:51:15 +0300
Subject: [PATCH] ipv6: new sysctl for sending TLLAO with unicast NAs
Neighbor advertisements responding to unicast neighbor solicitations
did not include the target link-layer address option. This patch adds
a new sysctl option (disabled by default) which controls whether this
option should be sent even with unicast NAs.
The need for this arose because certain routers expect the TLLAO in
some situations even as a response to unicast NS packets.
Moreover, RFC 2461 recommends sending this to avoid a race condition
(section 4.4, Target link-layer address)
Signed-off-by: Cosmin Ratiu <cratiu@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Atis Elsts wrote:
> Not sure if there is need to fill the mark from skb in tunnel xmit functions. In any case, it's not done for GRE or IPIP tunnels at the moment.
Ok, I'll just drop that part, I'm not sure what should be done in this case.
> Also, in this patch you are doing that for SIT (v6-in-v4) tunnels only, and not doing it for v4-in-v6 or v6-in-v6 tunnels. Any reason for that?
I just sent that patch out too quickly, here's a better one with the updates.
Add support for IPv6 route lookups using sk_mark.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After updating firmware stored in flash, users may wish to reset the
relevant hardware and start the new firmware immediately. This should
not be completely automatic as it may be disruptive.
A selective reset may also be useful for debugging or diagnostics.
This adds a separate reset operation which takes flags indicating the
components to be reset. Drivers are allowed to reset only a subset of
those requested, and must indicate the actual subset. This allows the
use of generic component masks and some future expansion.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jarek Poplawski a écrit :
>
>
> Hmm... So you made me to do some "real" work here, and guess what?:
> there is one serious checkpatch warning! ;-) Plus, this new parameter
> should be added to the function description. Otherwise:
> Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
>
> Thanks,
> Jarek P.
>
> PS: I guess full "Don't" would show we really mean it...
Okay :) Here is the last round, before the night !
Thanks again
[RFC] pkt_sched: gen_estimator: Don't report fake rate estimators
We currently send TCA_STATS_RATE_EST elements to netlink users, even if no estimator
is running.
# tc -s -d qdisc
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: dev eth0 root bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sent 112833764978 bytes 1495081739 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 0bit 0pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
User has no way to tell if the "rate 0bit 0pps" is a real estimation, or a fake
one (because no estimator is active)
After this patch, tc command output is :
$ tc -s -d qdisc
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: dev eth0 root bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Sent 561075 bytes 1196 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
We add a parameter to gnet_stats_copy_rate_est() function so that
it can use gen_estimator_active(bstats, r), as suggested by Jarek.
This parameter can be NULL if check is not necessary, (htb for
example has a mandatory rate estimator)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here is a followup on this area, thanks.
[RFC] af_packet: fill skb->mark at xmit
skb->mark may be used by classifiers, so fill it in case user
set a SO_MARK option on socket.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv6 Rapid Deployment (6rd; draft-ietf-softwire-ipv6-6rd) builds upon
mechanisms of 6to4 (RFC3056) to enable a service provider to rapidly
deploy IPv6 unicast service to IPv4 sites to which it provides
customer premise equipment. Like 6to4, it utilizes stateless IPv6 in
IPv4 encapsulation in order to transit IPv4-only network
infrastructure. Unlike 6to4, a 6rd service provider uses an IPv6
prefix of its own in place of the fixed 6to4 prefix.
With this option enabled, the SIT driver offers 6rd functionality by
providing additional ioctl API to configure the IPv6 Prefix for in
stead of static 2002::/16 for 6to4.
Original patch was done by Alexandre Cassen <acassen@freebox.fr>
based on old Internet-Draft.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When routing daemon wants to enable forwarding of multicast traffic it
performs something like:
struct vifctl vc = {
.vifc_vifi = 1,
.vifc_flags = 0,
.vifc_threshold = 1,
.vifc_rate_limit = 0,
.vifc_lcl_addr = ip, /* <--- ip address of physical
interface, e.g. eth0 */
.vifc_rmt_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY),
};
setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_ADD_VIF, &vc, sizeof(vc));
This leads (in the kernel) to calling vif_add() function call which
search the (physical) device using assigned IP address:
dev = ip_dev_find(net, vifc->vifc_lcl_addr.s_addr);
The current API (struct vifctl) does not allow to specify an
interface other way than using it's IP, and if there are more than a
single interface with specified IP only the first one will be found.
The attached patch (against 2.6.30.4) allows to specify an interface
by its index, instead of IP address:
struct vifctl vc = {
.vifc_vifi = 1,
.vifc_flags = VIFF_USE_IFINDEX, /* NEW */
.vifc_threshold = 1,
.vifc_rate_limit = 0,
.vifc_lcl_ifindex = if_nametoindex("eth0"), /* NEW */
.vifc_rmt_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY),
};
setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_ADD_VIF, &vc, sizeof(vc));
Signed-off-by: Ilia K. <mail4ilia@gmail.com>
=== modified file 'include/linux/mroute.h'
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An incoming datagram must bring into cpu cache *lot* of cache lines,
in particular : (other parts omitted (hash chains, ip route cache...))
On 32bit arches :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf) =0x30 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x34 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_sleep) =0x50 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc) =0x64 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0x74 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x98 (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_callback_lock)=0xcc (rw)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0xd8 (read if we add dropcount support, rw if frame dropped)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter) =0xf8 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_socket) =0x138 (read)
offsetof(struct sock, sk_data_ready) =0x15c (read)
We can avoid sk->sk_socket and socket->fasync_list referencing on sockets
with no fasync() structures. (socket->fasync_list ptr is probably already in cache
because it shares a cache line with socket->wait, ie location pointed by sk->sk_sleep)
This avoids one cache line load per incoming packet for common cases (no fasync())
We can leave (or even move in a future patch) sk->sk_socket in a cold location
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A number of drivers (recently including cfg80211-based ones)
assume that all wireless handlers, including statistics, can
sleep and they often also implicitly assume that the rtnl is
held around their invocation. This is almost always true now
except when reading from sysfs:
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at kernel/mutex.c:280
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 10450, name: head
2 locks held by head/10450:
#0: (&buffer->mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<c10ceb99>] sysfs_read_file+0x24/0xf4
#1: (dev_base_lock){++.?..}, at: [<c12844ee>] wireless_show+0x1a/0x4c
Pid: 10450, comm: head Not tainted 2.6.32-rc3 #1
Call Trace:
[<c102301c>] __might_sleep+0xf0/0xf7
[<c1324355>] mutex_lock_nested+0x1a/0x33
[<f8cea53b>] wdev_lock+0xd/0xf [cfg80211]
[<f8cea58f>] cfg80211_wireless_stats+0x45/0x12d [cfg80211]
[<c13118d6>] get_wireless_stats+0x16/0x1c
[<c12844fe>] wireless_show+0x2a/0x4c
Fix this by using the rtnl instead of dev_base_lock.
Reported-by: Miles Lane <miles.lane@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch exports the link-speed (in Mbps) and duplex of an interface
via sysfs. This eliminates the need to use ethtool just to check the
link-speed. Not requiring 'ethtool' and not relying on the SIOCETHTOOL
ioctl should be helpful in an embedded environment where space is at a
premium as well.
NOTE: This patch also intentionally allows non-root users to check the link
speed and duplex -- something not possible with ethtool.
Here's some sample output:
# cat /sys/class/net/eth0/speed
100
# cat /sys/class/net/eth0/duplex
half
# ethtool eth0
Settings for eth0:
Supported ports: [ TP ]
Supported link modes: 10baseT/Half 10baseT/Full
100baseT/Half 100baseT/Full
1000baseT/Half 1000baseT/Full
Supports auto-negotiation: Yes
Advertised link modes: Not reported
Advertised auto-negotiation: No
Speed: 100Mb/s
Duplex: Half
Port: Twisted Pair
PHYAD: 1
Transceiver: internal
Auto-negotiation: off
Supports Wake-on: g
Wake-on: g
Current message level: 0x000000ff (255)
Link detected: yes
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having to modify every non-mac80211 for device type assignment,
do this inside the netdev notifier callback of cfg80211. So all drivers
that integrate with cfg80211 will export a proper device type.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For various purposes including a wireless extensions
bugfix, we need to hook into the netdev creation before
before netdev_register_kobject(). This will also ease
doing the dev type assignment that Marcel was working
on for cfg80211 drivers w/o touching them all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently dirty a cache line to update tunnel device stats
(tx_packets/tx_bytes). We better use the txq->tx_bytes/tx_packets
counters that already are present in cpu cache, in the cache
line shared with txq->_xmit_lock
This patch extends IPTUNNEL_XMIT() macro to use txq pointer
provided by the caller.
Also &tunnel->dev->stats can be replaced by &dev->stats
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The FIB algorithim for IPV4 is set at compile time, but kernel goes through
the overhead of function call indirection at runtime. Save some
cycles by turning the indirect calls to direct calls to either
hash or trie code.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add Ancilliary data to better represent loss information
I've had a few requests recently to provide more detail regarding frame loss
during an AF_PACKET packet capture session. Specifically the requestors want to
see where in a packet sequence frames were lost, i.e. they want to see that 40
frames were lost between frames 302 and 303 in a packet capture file. In order
to do this we need:
1) The kernel to export this data to user space
2) The applications to make use of it
This patch addresses item (1). It does this by doing the following:
A) Anytime we drop a frame for which we would increment po->stats.tp_drops, we
also no increment a stats called po->stats.tp_gap.
B) Every time we successfully enqueue a frame to sk_receive_queue, we record the
value of po->stats.tp_gap in skb->mark. skb->cb would nominally be the place to
record this, but since all the space there is used up, we're overloading
skb->mark. Its safe to do since any enqueued packet is guaranteed to be
unshared at this point, and skb->mark isn't used for anything else in the rx
path to the application. After we record tp_gap in the skb, we zero
po->stats.tp_gap. This allows us to keep a counter of the number of frames lost
between any two enqueued packets
C) When the application goes to dequeue a frame from the packet socket, we look
at skb->mark for that frame. If it is non-zero, we add a cmsg chunk to the
msghdr of level SOL_PACKET and type PACKET_GAPDATA. Its a 32 bit integer that
represents the number of frames lost between this packet and the last previous
frame received.
Note there is a chance that if there is frame loss after a receive, and then the
socket is closed, some gap data might be lost. This is covered by the use of
the PACKET_AUXDATA socket option, which gives total loss data. With a bit of
math, the final gap can be determined that way.
I've tested this patch myself, and it works well.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
include/linux/if_packet.h | 2 ++
net/packet/af_packet.c | 33 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
2 files changed, 35 insertions(+)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can avoid two atomic ops on skb->users if packet is not going to be
sent to the device (because hardware txqueue is full)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can make icmp messages tx completion callback a litle bit faster.
Setting SOCK_USE_WRITE_QUEUE sk flag tells sock_wfree() to
not call sk_write_space() on a socket we know no thread is posssibly
waiting for write space. (on per cpu kernel internal icmp sockets only)
This avoids the sock_def_write_space() call and
read_lock(&sk->sk_callback_lock)/read_unlock(&sk->sk_callback_lock) calls
as well.
We avoid three atomic ops.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The in-tree implementations have all been converted to
get_sset_count().
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit fd29cf72 (pktgen: convert to use ktime_t)
inadvertantly converted "delay" parameter from nanosec to microsec.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is not currently possible to instruct pktgen to use one selected tx queue.
When Robert added multiqueue support in commit 45b270f8, he added
an interval (queue_map_min, queue_map_max), and his code doesnt take
into account the case of min = max, to select one tx queue exactly.
I suspect a high performance setup on a eight txqueue device wants
to use exactly eight cpus, and assign one tx queue to each sender.
This patchs makes pktgen select the right tx queue, not the first one.
Also updates Documentation to reflect Robert changes.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Olsson <robert.olsson@its.uu.se>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (46 commits)
cnic: Fix NETDEV_UP event processing.
uvesafb/connector: Disallow unpliviged users to send netlink packets
pohmelfs/connector: Disallow unpliviged users to configure pohmelfs
dst/connector: Disallow unpliviged users to configure dst
dm/connector: Only process connector packages from privileged processes
connector: Removed the destruct_data callback since it is always kfree_skb()
connector/dm: Fixed a compilation warning
connector: Provide the sender's credentials to the callback
connector: Keep the skb in cn_callback_data
e1000e/igb/ixgbe: Don't report an error if devices don't support AER
net: Fix wrong sizeof
net: splice() from tcp to pipe should take into account O_NONBLOCK
net: Use sk_mark for routing lookup in more places
sky2: irqname based on pci address
skge: use unique IRQ name
IPv4 TCP fails to send window scale option when window scale is zero
net/ipv4/tcp.c: fix min() type mismatch warning
Kconfig: STRIP: Remove stale bits of STRIP help text
NET: mkiss: Fix typo
tg3: Remove prev_vlan_tag from struct tx_ring_info
...
tcp_splice_read() doesnt take into account socket's O_NONBLOCK flag
Before this patch :
splice(socket,0,pipe,0,128*1024,SPLICE_F_MOVE);
causes a random endless block (if pipe is full) and
splice(socket,0,pipe,0,128*1024,SPLICE_F_MOVE | SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK);
will return 0 immediately if the TCP buffer is empty.
User application has no way to instruct splice() that socket should be in blocking mode
but pipe in nonblock more.
Many projects cannot use splice(tcp -> pipe) because of this flaw.
http://git.samba.org/?p=samba.git;a=history;f=source3/lib/recvfile.c;h=ea0159642137390a0f7e57a123684e6e63e47581;hb=HEADhttp://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0807.2/0687.html
Linus introduced SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK in commit 29e350944f
(splice: add SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK flag )
It doesn't make the splice itself necessarily nonblocking (because the
actual file descriptors that are spliced from/to may block unless they
have the O_NONBLOCK flag set), but it makes the splice pipe operations
nonblocking.
Linus intention was clear : let SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK control the splice pipe mode only
This patch instruct tcp_splice_read() to use the underlying file O_NONBLOCK
flag, as other socket operations do.
Users will then call :
splice(socket,0,pipe,0,128*1024,SPLICE_F_MOVE | SPLICE_F_NONBLOCK );
to block on data coming from socket (if file is in blocking mode),
and not block on pipe output (to avoid deadlock)
First version of this patch was submitted by Octavian Purdila
Reported-by: Volker Lendecke <vl@samba.org>
Reported-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch against v2.6.31 adds support for route lookup using sk_mark in some
more places. The benefits from this patch are the following.
First, SO_MARK option now has effect on UDP sockets too.
Second, ip_queue_xmit() and inet_sk_rebuild_header() could fail to do routing
lookup correctly if TCP sockets with SO_MARK were used.
Signed-off-by: Atis Elsts <atis@mikrotik.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acknowledge TCP window scale support by inserting the proper option in SYN/ACK
and SYN headers even if our window scale is zero.
This fixes the following observed behavior:
1. Client sends a SYN with TCP window scaling option and non zero window scale
value to a Linux box.
2. Linux box notes large receive window from client.
3. Linux decides on a zero value of window scale for its part.
4. Due to compare against requested window scale size option, Linux does not to
send windows scale TCP option header on SYN/ACK at all.
With the following result:
Client box thinks TCP window scaling is not supported, since SYN/ACK had no
TCP window scale option, while Linux thinks that TCP window scaling is
supported (and scale might be non zero), since SYN had TCP window scale
option and we have a mismatched idea between the client and server
regarding window sizes.
Probably it also fixes up the following bug (not observed in practice):
1. Linux box opens TCP connection to some server.
2. Linux decides on zero value of window scale.
3. Due to compare against computed window scale size option, Linux does
not to set windows scale TCP option header on SYN.
With the expected result that the server OS does not use window scale option
due to not receiving such an option in the SYN headers, leading to suboptimal
performance.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@codefidence.com>
Signed-off-by: Ori Finkelman <ori@comsleep.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/ipv4/tcp.c: In function 'do_tcp_setsockopt':
net/ipv4/tcp.c:2050: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After last pktgen changes, delay handling is wrong.
pktgen actually sends packets at full line speed.
Fix is to update pkt_dev->next_tx even if spin() returns early,
so that next spin() calls have a chance to see a positive delay.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ax25_make_new, if kmemdup of digipeat returns an error, there would
be an oops in sk_free while calling sk_destruct, because sk_protinfo
is NULL at the moment; move sk->sk_destruct initialization after this.
BTW of reported-by: Bernard Pidoux F6BVP <f6bvp@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 9b22ea5609
( net: fix packet socket delivery in rx irq handler )
We lost rx timestamping of packets received on accelerated vlans.
Effect is that tcpdump on real dev can show strange timings, since it gets rx timestamps
too late (ie at skb dequeueing time, not at skb queueing time)
14:47:26.986871 IP 192.168.20.110 > 192.168.20.141: icmp 64: echo request seq 1
14:47:26.986786 IP 192.168.20.141 > 192.168.20.110: icmp 64: echo reply seq 1
14:47:27.986888 IP 192.168.20.110 > 192.168.20.141: icmp 64: echo request seq 2
14:47:27.986781 IP 192.168.20.141 > 192.168.20.110: icmp 64: echo reply seq 2
14:47:28.986896 IP 192.168.20.110 > 192.168.20.141: icmp 64: echo request seq 3
14:47:28.986780 IP 192.168.20.141 > 192.168.20.110: icmp 64: echo reply seq 3
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
port_mutex was unlocked twice.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When requesting all prl entries (kprl.addr == INADDR_ANY) and there are
more prl entries than there is space passed from userspace, the existing
code would always copy cmax+1 entries, which is more than can be handled.
This patch makes the kernel copy only exactly cmax entries.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Acked-By: Fred L. Templin <Fred.L.Templin@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 2b85a34e91
(net: No more expensive sock_hold()/sock_put() on each tx)
opens a window in sock_wfree() where another cpu
might free the socket we are working on.
A fix is to call sk->sk_write_space(sk) while still
holding a reference on sk.
Reported-by: Jike Song <albcamus@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This provides safety against negative optlen at the type
level instead of depending upon (sometimes non-trivial)
checks against this sprinkled all over the the place, in
each and every implementation.
Based upon work done by Arjan van de Ven and feedback
from Linus Torvalds.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (33 commits)
sony-laptop: re-read the rfkill state when resuming from suspend
sony-laptop: check for rfkill hard block at load time
wext: add back wireless/ dir in sysfs for cfg80211 interfaces
wext: Add bound checks for copy_from_user
mac80211: improve/fix mlme messages
cfg80211: always get BSS
iwlwifi: fix 3945 ucode info retrieval after failure
iwlwifi: fix memory leak in command queue handling
iwlwifi: fix debugfs buffer handling
cfg80211: don't set privacy w/o key
cfg80211: wext: don't display BSSID unless associated
net: Add explicit bound checks in net/socket.c
bridge: Fix double-free in br_add_if.
isdn: fix netjet/isdnhdlc build errors
atm: dereference of he_dev->rbps_virt in he_init_group()
ax25: Add missing dev_put in ax25_setsockopt
Revert "sit: stateless autoconf for isatap"
net: fix double skb free in dcbnl
net: fix nlmsg len size for skb when error bit is set.
net: fix vlan_get_size to include vlan_flags size
...
Consider the following step-by step:
1. A STA authenticates and associates with the AP and exchanges
traffic.
2. The STA reports to the AP that it is going to PS state.
3. Some time later the STA device goes to the stand-by mode (not only
its wi-fi card, but the device itself) and drops the association state
without sending a disassociation frame.
4. The STA device wakes up and begins authentication with an
Auth frame as it hasn't been authenticated/associated previously.
At the step 4 the AP "remembers" the STA and considers it is still in
the PS state, so the AP buffers frames, which it has to send to the STA.
But the STA isn't actually in the PS state and so it neither checks
TIM bits nor reports to the AP that it isn't power saving.
Because of that authentication/[re]association fails.
To fix authentication/[re]association stage of this issue, Auth, Assoc
Resp and Reassoc Resp frames are transmitted disregarding of STA's power
saving state.
N.B. This patch doesn't fix further data frame exchange after
authentication/[re]association. A patch in hostapd is required to fix
that.
Signed-off-by: Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The move away from having drivers assign wireless handlers,
in favour of making cfg80211 assign them, broke the sysfs
registration (the wireless/ dir went missing) because the
handlers are now assigned only after registration, which is
too late.
Fix this by special-casing cfg80211-based devices, all
of which are required to have an ieee80211_ptr, in the
sysfs code, and also using get_wireless_stats() to have
the same values reported as in procfs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Tested-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The wireless extensions have a copy_from_user to a local stack
array "essid", but both me and gcc have failed to find where
the bounds for this copy are located in the code.
This patch adds some basic sanity checks for the copy length
to make sure that we don't overflow the stack buffer.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's useful to know the MAC address when being
disassociated; fix a typo (missing colon) and
move some messages so we get them only when they
are actually taking effect.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Multiple problems were reported due to interaction
between wpa_supplicant and the wext compat code in
cfg80211, which appear to be due to it not getting
any bss pointer here when wpa_supplicant sets all
parameters -- do that now. We should still get the
bss after doing an extra scan, but that appears to
increase the time we need for connecting enough to
sometimes cause timeouts.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Hin-Tak Leung <hintak.leung@gmail.com>,
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When wpa_supplicant is used to connect to open networks,
it causes the wdev->wext.keys to point to key memory, but
that key memory is all empty. Only use privacy when there
is a default key to be used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, cfg80211's SIOCGIWAP implementation returns
the BSSID that the user set, even if the connection has
since been dropped due to other changes. It only should
return the current BSSID when actually connected.
Also do a small code cleanup.
Reported-by: Thomas H. Guenther <thomas.h.guenther@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Thomas H. Guenther <thomas.h.guenther@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The sys_socketcall() function has a very clever system for the copy
size of its arguments. Unfortunately, gcc cannot deal with this in
terms of proving that the copy_from_user() is then always in bounds.
This is the last (well 9th of this series, but last in the kernel) such
case around.
With this patch, we can turn on code to make having the boundary provably
right for the whole kernel, and detect introduction of new security
accidents of this type early on.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a potential double-kfree in net/bridge/br_if.c. If br_fdb_insert
fails, then the kobject is put back (which calls kfree due to the kobject
release), and then kfree is called again on the net_bridge_port. This
patch fixes the crash.
Thanks to Stephen Hemminger for the one-line fix.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Hansen <x@jeffhansen.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ax25_setsockopt SO_BINDTODEVICE is missing a dev_put call in case of
success. Re-order code to fix this bug. While at it also reformat two
lines of code to comply with the Linux coding style.
Initial patch by Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>.
Reported-by: Bernard Pidoux F6BVP <f6bvp@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* mark struct vm_area_struct::vm_ops as const
* mark vm_ops in AGP code
But leave TTM code alone, something is fishy there with global vm_ops
being used.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This reverts commit 645069299a.
While the code does not actually break anything, it does not completely follow
RFC5214 yet. After talking back with Fred L. Templin, I agree that completing the
ISATAP specific RS/RA code, would pollute the kernel a lot with code that is better
implemented in userspace.
The kernel should not send RS packages for ISATAP at all.
Signed-off-by: Sascha Hlusiak <contact@saschahlusiak.de>
Acked-by: Fred L. Templin <Fred.L.Templin@boeing.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netlink_unicast() calls kfree_skb even in the error case.
dcbnl calls netlink_unicast() which when it fails free's the
skb and returns an error value. dcbnl is free'ing the skb
again when this error occurs. This patch removes the double
free.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the nlmsg->len field is not set correctly in netlink_ack()
for ack messages that include the nlmsg of the error frame. This
corrects the length field passed to __nlmsg_put to use the correct
payload size.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix vlan_get_size to include vlan->flags. Currently, the
size of the vlan flags is not included in the nlmsg size.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ax25_cb_put after ax25_find_cb in ax25_ctl_ioctl.
Reported-by: Bernard Pidoux F6BVP <f6bvp@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit d136f1bd36,
there's a bug when unregistering a generic netlink family,
which is caught by the might_sleep() added in that commit:
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/netlink/af_netlink.c:183
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 1510, name: rmmod
2 locks held by rmmod/1510:
#0: (genl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8138283b>] genl_unregister_family+0x2b/0x130
#1: (rcu_read_lock){.+.+..}, at: [<ffffffff8138270c>] __genl_unregister_mc_group+0x1c/0x120
Pid: 1510, comm: rmmod Not tainted 2.6.31-wl #444
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81044ff9>] __might_sleep+0x119/0x150
[<ffffffff81380501>] netlink_table_grab+0x21/0x100
[<ffffffff813813a3>] netlink_clear_multicast_users+0x23/0x60
[<ffffffff81382761>] __genl_unregister_mc_group+0x71/0x120
[<ffffffff81382866>] genl_unregister_family+0x56/0x130
[<ffffffffa0007d85>] nl80211_exit+0x15/0x20 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa000005a>] cfg80211_exit+0x1a/0x40 [cfg80211]
Fix in the same way by grabbing the netlink table lock
before doing rcu_read_lock().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems recursion field from "struct ip_tunnel" is not anymore needed.
recursion prevention is done at the upper level (in dev_queue_xmit()),
since we use HARD_TX_LOCK protection for tunnels.
This avoids a cache line ping pong on "struct ip_tunnel" : This structure
should be now mostly read on xmit and receive paths.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DOCPROC Documentation/DocBook/networking.xml
Warning(net/sunrpc/clnt.c:647): No description found for parameter 'req'
Warning(net/sunrpc/clnt.c:647): No description found for parameter 'tk_ops'
Warning(net/sunrpc/clnt.c:647): Excess function parameter 'ops' description in 'rpc_run_bc_task'
Signed-off-by: Jaswinder Singh Rajput <jaswinderrajput@gmail.com>
Cc: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Cc: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Cc: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we ever implement this, then we can stop returning an error.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocating a port number to a socket and hashing that socket shall be
an atomic operation with regards to other port allocation. Otherwise,
we could allocate a port that is already being allocated to another
socket.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previous update did not resched in inner loop causing watchdogs.
Rewrite inner loop to:
* account for delays better with less clock calls
* more accurate timing of delay:
- only delay if packet was successfully sent
- if delay is 100ns and it takes 10ns to build packet then
account for that
* use wait_event_interruptible_timeout rather than open coding it.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to man page of setsockopt, if optlen is not valid, kernel should return
-EINVAL. But a simple testcase as following, errno is 0, which means setsockopt
is successful.
addr.s_addr = inet_addr("192.1.2.3");
setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_IF, &addr, 1);
printf("errno is %d\n", errno);
Xiaotian Feng(dfeng@redhat.com) caught the bug. We fix it firstly checking
the availability of optlen and then dealing with the logic like other options.
Reported-by: Xiaotian Feng <dfeng@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's unused.
It isn't needed -- read or write flag is already passed and sysctl
shouldn't care about the rest.
It _was_ used in two places at arch/frv for some reason.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* remove asm/atomic.h inclusion from linux/utsname.h --
not needed after kref conversion
* remove linux/utsname.h inclusion from files which do not need it
NOTE: it looks like fs/binfmt_elf.c do not need utsname.h, however
due to some personality stuff it _is_ needed -- cowardly leave ELF-related
headers and files alone.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
[[resending with correct cc: - "vfs.kernel.org" just isn't right!]]
xprt->reestablish_timeout is used to cause TCP connection attempts to
back off if the connection fails so as not to hammer the network,
but to still allow immediate connections when there is no reason to
believe there is a problem.
It is not used for the first connection (when transport->sock is NULL)
but only on reconnects.
It is currently set:
a/ to 0 when xs_tcp_state_change finds a state of TCP_FIN_WAIT1
on the assumption that the client has closed the connection
so the reconnect should be immediate when needed.
b/ to at least XS_TCP_INIT_REEST_TO when xs_tcp_state_change
detects TCP_CLOSING or TCP_CLOSE_WAIT on the assumption that the
server closed the connection so a small delay at least is
required.
c/ as above when xs_tcp_state_change detects TCP_SYN_SENT, so that
it is never 0 while a connection has been attempted, else
the doubling will produce 0 and there will be no backoff.
d/ to double is value (up to a limit) when delaying a connection,
thus providing exponential backoff and
e/ to XS_TCP_INIT_REEST_TO in xs_setup_tcp as simple initialisation.
So you can see it is highly dependant on xs_tcp_state_change being
called as expected. However experimental evidence shows that
xs_tcp_state_change does not see all state changes.
("rpcdebug -m rpc trans" can help show what actually happens).
Results show:
TCP_ESTABLISHED is reported when a connection is made. TCP_SYN_SENT
is never reported, so rule 'c' above is never effective.
When the server closes the connection, TCP_CLOSE_WAIT and
TCP_LAST_ACK *might* be reported, and TCP_CLOSE is always
reported. This rule 'b' above will sometimes be effective, but
not reliably.
When the client closes the connection, it used to result in
TCP_FIN_WAIT1, TCP_FIN_WAIT2, TCP_CLOSE. However since commit
f75e674 (SUNRPC: Fix the problem of EADDRNOTAVAIL syslog floods on
reconnect) we don't see *any* events on client-close. I think this
is because xs_restore_old_callbacks is called to disconnect
xs_tcp_state_change before the socket is closed.
In any case, rule 'a' no longer applies.
So all that is left are rule d, which successfully doubles the
timeout which is never rest, and rule e which initialises the timeout.
Even if the rules worked as expected, there would be a problem because
a successful connection does not reset the timeout, so a sequence
of events where the server closes the connection (e.g. during failover
testing) will cause longer and longer timeouts with no good reason.
This patch:
- sets reestablish_timeout to 0 in xs_close thus effecting rule 'a'
- sets it to 0 in xs_tcp_data_ready to ensure that a successful
connection resets the timeout
- sets it to at least XS_TCP_INIT_REEST_TO after it is doubled,
thus effecting rule c
I have not reimplemented rule b and the new version of rule c
seems sufficient.
I suspect other code in xs_tcp_data_ready needs to be revised as well.
For example I don't think connect_cookie is being incremented as often
as it should be.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux-2.6-for-linus:
lguest: don't force VIRTIO_F_NOTIFY_ON_EMPTY
lguest: cleanup for map_switcher()
lguest: use PGDIR_SHIFT for PAE code to allow different PAGE_OFFSET
lguest: use set_pte/set_pmd uniformly for real page table entries
lguest: move panic notifier registration to its expected place.
virtio_blk: add support for cache flush
virtio: add virtio IDs file
virtio: get rid of redundant VIRTIO_ID_9P definition
virtio: make add_buf return capacity remaining
virtio_pci: minor MSI-X cleanups
When cfg80211 is instructed to connect, it always
uses the default WEP key for the privacy setting,
which clearly is wrong when using wpa_supplicant.
Don't overwrite the setting, and rely on it being
false when wpa_supplicant is not running, instead
set it to true when we have keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the DTIM setting is read from beacons, mac80211 will
assume it is 1 if the TIM IE is not present or the value
is 0. This sounds fine, but the same function processes
probe responses as well, which don't have a TIM IE. This
leads to overwriting any values previously parsed out of
beacon frames.
Thus, instead of checking for the presence of the TIM IE
when setting the default, simply check whether the DTIM
period value is valid already. If the TIM IE is not there
then the value cannot be valid (it is initialised to 0)
and probe responses received after beacons will not lead
to overwriting an already valid value.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a check saying
/* we're good if we have both BSSID and channel */
if (wdev->conn->params.bssid && wdev->conn->params.channel) {
but that isn't true -- we need the BSS struct. This leads
to errors such as
Trying to associate with 00:1b:53:11:dc:40 (SSID='TEST' freq=2412 MHz)
ioctl[SIOCSIWFREQ]: No such file or directory
ioctl[SIOCSIWESSID]: No such file or directory
Association request to the driver failed
Associated with 00:1b:53:11:dc:40
in wpa_supplicant, as reported by Holger.
Instead, we really need to have the BSS struct, and if we
don't, then we need to initiate a scan for it. But we may
already have the BSS struct here, so hang on to it if we
do and scan if we don't.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The contention window is supposed to be a power of two minus one, i.e.
15, 31, 63, 127... minstrel_rate_init() forgets to subtract 1, so the
sequence becomes 15, 32, 66, 134...
Bug reported by Dan Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
WEXT's "struct iw_freq" can also be used to handle a channel. This patch now
uses cfg80211_wext_freq() instead of hand-converting the frequency. That
allows user-space to specify channels as well, like with SIOCSIWFREQ.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make all seq_operations structs const, to help mitigate against
revectoring user-triggerable function pointers.
This is derived from the grsecurity patch, although generated from scratch
because it's simpler than extracting the changes from there.
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Move various magic-number definitions into magic.h.
Signed-off-by: Nick Black <dank@qemfd.net>
Acked-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Casey Schaufler <casey@schaufler-ca.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Virtio IDs are spread all over the tree which makes assigning new IDs
bothersome. Putting them together should make the process less error-prone.
Signed-off-by: Fernando Luis Vazquez Cao <fernando@oss.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
VIRTIO_ID_9P is already defined in include/linux/virtio_9p.h
so use that definition instead.
Signed-off-by: Fernando Luis Vazquez Cao <fernando@oss.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This API change means that virtio_net can tell how much capacity
remains for buffers. It's necessarily fuzzy, since
VIRTIO_RING_F_INDIRECT_DESC means we can fit any number of descriptors
in one, *if* we can kmalloc.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Dinesh Subhraveti <dineshs@us.ibm.com>
rcv_q & snd_q initializations were reversed in commit
31e6d363ab
(net: correct off-by-one write allocations reports)
Signed-off-by: Jan Rafaj <jr+netfilter-devel@cedric.unob.cz>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-2.6.32' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (68 commits)
nfsd4: nfsv4 clients should cross mountpoints
nfsd: revise 4.1 status documentation
sunrpc/cache: avoid variable over-loading in cache_defer_req
sunrpc/cache: use list_del_init for the list_head entries in cache_deferred_req
nfsd: return success for non-NFS4 nfs4_state_start
nfsd41: Refactor create_client()
nfsd41: modify nfsd4.1 backchannel to use new xprt class
nfsd41: Backchannel: Implement cb_recall over NFSv4.1
nfsd41: Backchannel: cb_sequence callback
nfsd41: Backchannel: Setup sequence information
nfsd41: Backchannel: Server backchannel RPC wait queue
nfsd41: Backchannel: Add sequence arguments to callback RPC arguments
nfsd41: Backchannel: callback infrastructure
nfsd4: use common rpc_cred for all callbacks
nfsd4: allow nfs4 state startup to fail
SUNRPC: Defer the auth_gss upcall when the RPC call is asynchronous
nfsd4: fix null dereference creating nfsv4 callback client
nfsd4: fix whitespace in NFSPROC4_CLNT_CB_NULL definition
nfsd41: sunrpc: add new xprt class for nfsv4.1 backchannel
sunrpc/cache: simplify cache_fresh_locked and cache_fresh_unlocked.
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (34 commits)
trivial: fix typo in aic7xxx comment
trivial: fix comment typo in drivers/ata/pata_hpt37x.c
trivial: typo in kernel-parameters.txt
trivial: fix typo in tracing documentation
trivial: add __init/__exit macros in drivers/gpio/bt8xxgpio.c
trivial: add __init macro/ fix of __exit macro location in ipmi_poweroff.c
trivial: remove unnecessary semicolons
trivial: Fix duplicated word "options" in comment
trivial: kbuild: remove extraneous blank line after declaration of usage()
trivial: improve help text for mm debug config options
trivial: doc: hpfall: accept disk device to unload as argument
trivial: doc: hpfall: reduce risk that hpfall can do harm
trivial: SubmittingPatches: Fix reference to renumbered step
trivial: fix typos "man[ae]g?ment" -> "management"
trivial: media/video/cx88: add __init/__exit macros to cx88 drivers
trivial: fix typo in CONFIG_DEBUG_FS in gcov doc
trivial: fix missing printk space in amd_k7_smp_check
trivial: fix typo s/ketymap/keymap/ in comment
trivial: fix typo "to to" in multiple files
trivial: fix typos in comments s/DGBU/DBGU/
...
Decouple kernel.h from ratelimit.h: the global declaration of
printk's ratelimit_state is not needed, and it leads to messy
circular dependencies due to ratelimit.h's (new) adding of a
spinlock_types.h include.
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
LKML-Reference: <new-submission>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Sizing of memory allocations shouldn't depend on the number of physical
pages found in a system, as that generally includes (perhaps a huge amount
of) non-RAM pages. The amount of what actually is usable as storage
should instead be used as a basis here.
Some of the calculations (i.e. those not intending to use high memory)
should likely even use (totalram_pages - totalhigh_pages).
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@novell.com>
Acked-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Dave Airlie <airlied@linux.ie>
Cc: Kyle McMartin <kyle@mcmartin.ca>
Cc: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy@goop.org>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
In cache_defer_req, 'dreq' is used for two significantly different
values that happen to be of the same type.
This is both confusing, and makes it hard to extend the range of one of
the values as we will in the next patch.
So introduce 'discard' to take one of the values.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Using list_del_init is generally safer than list_del, and it will
allow us, in a subsequent patch, to see if an entry has already been
processed or not.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (66 commits)
be2net: fix some cmds to use mccq instead of mbox
atl1e: fix 2.6.31-git4 -- ATL1E 0000:03:00.0: DMA-API: device driver frees DMA
pkt_sched: Fix qstats.qlen updating in dump_stats
ipv6: Log the affected address when DAD failure occurs
wl12xx: Fix print_mac() conversion.
af_iucv: fix race when queueing skbs on the backlog queue
af_iucv: do not call iucv_sock_kill() twice
af_iucv: handle non-accepted sockets after resuming from suspend
af_iucv: fix race in __iucv_sock_wait()
iucv: use correct output register in iucv_query_maxconn()
iucv: fix iucv_buffer_cpumask check when calling IUCV functions
iucv: suspend/resume error msg for left over pathes
wl12xx: switch to %pM to print the mac address
b44: the poll handler b44_poll must not enable IRQ unconditionally
ipv6: Ignore route option with ROUTER_PREF_INVALID
bonding: make ab_arp select active slaves as other modes
cfg80211: fix SME connect
rc80211_minstrel: fix contention window calculation
ssb/sdio: fix printk format warnings
p54usb: add Zcomax XG-705A usbid
...
Some classful qdiscs miss qstats.qlen updating with q.qlen of their
child qdiscs in dump_stats methods.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an interface has multiple addresses, the current message for DAD
failure isn't really helpful, so this patch adds the address itself to
the printk.
Signed-off-by: Jens Rosenboom <me@jayr.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HID core registers input, hidraw and hiddev devices, but leaves
unregistering it up to the individual driver, which is not really nice.
Let's move all the logic to the core.
Reported-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Reported-by: Brian Rogers <brian@xyzw.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
After resuming from suspend, all af_iucv sockets are disconnected.
Ensure that iucv_accept_dequeue() can handle disconnected sockets
which are not yet accepted.
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moving prepare_to_wait before the condition to avoid a race between
schedule_timeout and wake up.
The race can appear during iucv_sock_connect() and iucv_callback_connack().
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The iucv_query_maxconn() function uses the wrong output register and
stores the size of the interrupt buffer instead of the maximum number
of connections.
According to the QUERY IUCV function, general register 1 contains the
maximum number of connections.
If the maximum number of connections is not set properly, the following
warning is displayed:
Badness at /usr/src/kernel-source/2.6.30-39.x.20090806/net/iucv/iucv.c:1808
Modules linked in: netiucv fsm af_iucv sunrpc qeth_l3 dm_multipath dm_mod vmur qeth ccwgroup
CPU: 0 Tainted: G W 2.6.30 #4
Process seq (pid: 16925, task: 0000000030e24a40, ksp: 000000003033bd98)
Krnl PSW : 0404200180000000 000000000053b270 (iucv_external_interrupt+0x64/0x224)
R:0 T:1 IO:0 EX:0 Key:0 M:1 W:0 P:0 AS:0 CC:2 PM:0 EA:3
Krnl GPRS: 00000000011279c2 00000000014bdb70 0029000000000000 0000000000000029
000000000053b236 000000000001dba4 0000000000000000 0000000000859210
0000000000a67f68 00000000008a6100 000000003f83fb90 0000000000004000
000000003f8c7bc8 00000000005a2250 000000000053b236 000000003fc2fe08
Krnl Code: 000000000053b262: e33010000021 clg %r3,0(%r1)
000000000053b268: a7440010 brc 4,53b288
000000000053b26c: a7f40001 brc 15,53b26e
>000000000053b270: c03000184134 larl %r3,8434d8
000000000053b276: eb220030000c srlg %r2,%r2,48
000000000053b27c: eb6ff0a00004 lmg %r6,%r15,160(%r15)
000000000053b282: c0f4fffff6a7 brcl 15,539fd0
000000000053b288: 4310a003 ic %r1,3(%r10)
Call Trace:
([<000000000053b236>] iucv_external_interrupt+0x2a/0x224)
[<000000000010e09e>] do_extint+0x132/0x190
[<00000000001184b6>] ext_no_vtime+0x1e/0x22
[<0000000000549f7a>] _spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x96/0xa4
([<0000000000549f70>] _spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x8c/0xa4)
[<00000000002101d6>] pipe_write+0x3da/0x5bc
[<0000000000205d14>] do_sync_write+0xe4/0x13c
[<0000000000206a7e>] vfs_write+0xae/0x15c
[<0000000000206c24>] SyS_write+0x54/0xac
[<0000000000117c8e>] sysc_noemu+0x10/0x16
[<00000042ff8defcc>] 0x42ff8defcc
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prior to calling IUCV functions, the DECLARE BUFFER function must have been
called for at least one CPU to receive IUCV interrupts.
With commit "iucv: establish reboot notifier" (6c005961), a check has been
introduced to avoid calling IUCV functions if the current CPU does not have
an interrupt buffer declared.
Because one interrupt buffer is sufficient, change the condition to ensure
that one interrupt buffer is available.
In addition, checking the buffer on the current CPU creates a race with
CPU up/down notifications: before checking the buffer, the IUCV function
might be interrupted by an smp_call_function() that retrieves the interrupt
buffer for the current CPU.
When the IUCV function continues, the check fails and -EIO is returned. If a
buffer is available on any other CPU, the IUCV function call must be invoked
(instead of failing with -EIO).
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During suspend IUCV exploiters have to close their IUCV connections.
When restoring an image, it can be checked if all IUCV pathes had
been closed before the Linux instance was suspended. If not, an
error message is issued to indicate a problem in one of the
used programs exploiting IUCV communication.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RFC4191 says that "If the Reserved (10) value is received, the Route
Information Option MUST be ignored.", so this patch makes us conform
to the RFC. This is different to the usage of the Default Router
Preference, where an invalid value must indeed be treated as
PREF_MEDIUM.
Signed-off-by: Jens Rosenboom <me@jayr.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a check saying
/* we're good if we have both BSSID and channel */
if (wdev->conn->params.bssid && wdev->conn->params.channel) {
but that isn't true -- we need the BSS struct. This leads
to errors such as
Trying to associate with 00:1b:53:11:dc:40 (SSID='TEST' freq=2412 MHz)
ioctl[SIOCSIWFREQ]: No such file or directory
ioctl[SIOCSIWESSID]: No such file or directory
Association request to the driver failed
Associated with 00:1b:53:11:dc:40
in wpa_supplicant, as reported by Holger.
Instead, we really need to have the BSS struct, and if we
don't, then we need to initiate a scan for it. But we may
already have the BSS struct here, so hang on to it if we
do and scan if we don't.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The contention window is supposed to be a power of two minus one, i.e.
15, 31, 63, 127... minstrel_rate_init() forgets to subtract 1, so the
sequence becomes 15, 32, 66, 134...
Bug reported by Dan Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core-2.6:
Driver Core: devtmpfs - kernel-maintained tmpfs-based /dev
debugfs: Modify default debugfs directory for debugging pktcdvd.
debugfs: Modified default dir of debugfs for debugging UHCI.
debugfs: Change debugfs directory of IWMC3200
debugfs: Change debuhgfs directory of trace-events-sample.h
debugfs: Fix mount directory of debugfs by default in events.txt
hpilo: add poll f_op
hpilo: add interrupt handler
hpilo: staging for interrupt handling
driver core: platform_device_add_data(): use kmemdup()
Driver core: Add support for compatibility classes
uio: add generic driver for PCI 2.3 devices
driver-core: move dma-coherent.c from kernel to driver/base
mem_class: fix bug
mem_class: use minor as index instead of searching the array
driver model: constify attribute groups
UIO: remove 'default n' from Kconfig
Driver core: Add accessor for device platform data
Driver core: move dev_get/set_drvdata to drivers/base/dd.c
Driver core: add new device to bus's list before probing
Use uX rather than uintX_t types for consistency.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I have recently came across a preemption imbalance detected by:
<4>huh, entered ffffffff80644630 with preempt_count 00000102, exited with 00000101?
<0>------------[ cut here ]------------
<2>kernel BUG at /usr/src/linux/kernel/timer.c:664!
<0>invalid opcode: 0000 [1] PREEMPT SMP
with ffffffff80644630 being inet_twdr_hangman().
This appeared after I enabled CONFIG_TCP_MD5SIG and played with it a
bit, so I looked at what might have caused it.
One thing that struck me as strange is tcp_twsk_destructor(), as it
calls tcp_put_md5sig_pool() -- which entails a put_cpu(), causing the
detected imbalance. Found on 2.6.23.9, but 2.6.31 is affected as well,
as far as I can tell.
Signed-off-by: Robert Varga <nite@hq.alert.sk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If qdisc_get_stab returns error in qdisc_create there is skipped qdisc
ops->destroy, which is necessary because it's after ops->init at the
moment, so memory leaks are quite probable.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise, the upcall is going to be synchronous, which may not be what the
caller wants...
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Let attribute group vectors be declared "const". We'd
like to let most attribute metadata live in read-only
sections... this is a start.
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tj/percpu: (46 commits)
powerpc64: convert to dynamic percpu allocator
sparc64: use embedding percpu first chunk allocator
percpu: kill lpage first chunk allocator
x86,percpu: use embedding for 64bit NUMA and page for 32bit NUMA
percpu: update embedding first chunk allocator to handle sparse units
percpu: use group information to allocate vmap areas sparsely
vmalloc: implement pcpu_get_vm_areas()
vmalloc: separate out insert_vmalloc_vm()
percpu: add chunk->base_addr
percpu: add pcpu_unit_offsets[]
percpu: introduce pcpu_alloc_info and pcpu_group_info
percpu: move pcpu_lpage_build_unit_map() and pcpul_lpage_dump_cfg() upward
percpu: add @align to pcpu_fc_alloc_fn_t
percpu: make @dyn_size mandatory for pcpu_setup_first_chunk()
percpu: drop @static_size from first chunk allocators
percpu: generalize first chunk allocator selection
percpu: build first chunk allocators selectively
percpu: rename 4k first chunk allocator to page
percpu: improve boot messages
percpu: fix pcpu_reclaim() locking
...
Fix trivial conflict as by Tejun Heo in kernel/sched.c
After the recent mq change there is the new select_queue qdisc class
method used in tc_modify_qdisc, but it works OK only for direct child
qdiscs of mq qdisc. Grandchildren always get the first tx queue, which
would give wrong qdisc_root etc. results (e.g. for sch_htb as child of
sch_prio). This patch fixes it by using parent's dev_queue for such
grandchildren qdiscs. The select_queue method's return type is changed
BTW.
With feedback from: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parse RxRPC security index 5 type keys (Kerberos 5 tokens).
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow RxRPC keys to be read. This is to allow pioctl() to be implemented in
userspace. RxRPC keys are read out in XDR format.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow add_key() and KEYCTL_INSTANTIATE to accept key payloads in XDR form as
described by openafs-1.4.10/src/auth/afs_token.xg. This provides a way of
passing kaserver, Kerberos 4, Kerberos 5 and GSSAPI keys from userspace, and
allows for future expansion.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Declare the security index constants symbolically rather than just referring
to them numerically.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct socket has a 16 bit hole that triggers kmemcheck warnings.
As suggested by Ingo, use kmemcheck annotations
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes commit e36b9d16c6. The approach
there is to call dev_close()/dev_open() whenever the device type is changed in
order to remap the device IP multicast addresses to HW multicast addresses.
This approach suffers from 2 drawbacks:
*. It assumes tha the device is UP when calling dev_close(), or otherwise
dev_close() has no affect. It is worth to mention that initscripts (Redhat)
and sysconfig (Suse) doesn't act the same in this matter.
*. dev_close() has other side affects, like deleting entries from the routing
table, which might be unnecessary.
The fix here is to directly remap the IP multicast addresses to HW multicast
addresses for a bonding device that changes its type, and nothing else.
Reported-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Moni Shoua <monis@voltaire.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using nanosleep() in an userspace application we get a ratelimit warning
NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08
for 10 times.
The echo of CAN frames is done from process context and softirq context only.
Therefore the usage of netif_rx() was wrong (for years).
This patch replaces netif_rx() with netif_rx_ni() which has to be used from
process/softirq context. It also adds a missing comment that can_send() must
no be used from hardirq context.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Urs Thuermann <urs@isnogud.escape.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was once upon time so that snd_sthresh was a 16-bit quantity.
...That has not been true for long period of time. I run across
some ancient compares which still seem to trust such legacy.
Put all that magic into a single place, I hopefully found all
of them.
Compile tested, though linking of allyesconfig is ridiculous
nowadays it seems.
Signed-off-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the recent mq change using ingress qdisc overwrites dev->qdisc;
there is also a wrong old qdisc pointer passed to notify_and_destroy.
Signed-off-by: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
From: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove long removed "inet_protocol_base" declaration.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No code change, cosmetical changes only:
* whitespace cleanup via scripts/cleanfile,
* remove self-references to filename at top of files,
* fix coding style (extraneous brackets),
* fix documentation style (kernel-doc-nano-HOWTO).
Thanks are due to Ivo Augusto Calado who raised these issues by
submitting good-quality patches.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since my commits introducing netns awareness into
genetlink we can get this problem:
BUG: scheduling while atomic: modprobe/1178/0x00000002
2 locks held by modprobe/1178:
#0: (genl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8135ee1a>] genl_register_mc_grou
#1: (rcu_read_lock){.+.+..}, at: [<ffffffff8135eeb5>] genl_register_mc_g
Pid: 1178, comm: modprobe Not tainted 2.6.31-rc8-wl-34789-g95cb731-dirty #
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8103e285>] __schedule_bug+0x85/0x90
[<ffffffff81403138>] schedule+0x108/0x588
[<ffffffff8135b131>] netlink_table_grab+0xa1/0xf0
[<ffffffff8135c3a7>] netlink_change_ngroups+0x47/0x100
[<ffffffff8135ef0f>] genl_register_mc_group+0x12f/0x290
because I overlooked that netlink_table_grab() will
schedule, thinking it was just the rwlock. However,
in the contention case, that isn't actually true.
Fix this by letting the code grab the netlink table
lock first and then the RCU for netns protection.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Have atalk_route_packet() return NET_RX_SUCCESS not NET_XMIT_SUCCESS
atalk_route_packet() returns NET_RX_DROP if it's call to
aarp_send_ddp() returns NET_XMIT_DROP. If aarp_send_ddp() returns
anything else atalk_route_packet() should return NET_RX_SUCCESS, not
NET_XMIT_SUCCESS.
Signed-off-by: Mark Smith <markzzzsmith@yahoo.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WEXT's "struct iw_freq" can also be used to handle a channel. This patch now
uses cfg80211_wext_freq() instead of hand-converting the frequency. That
allows user-space to specify channels as well, like with SIOCSIWFREQ.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1623 commits)
netxen: update copyright
netxen: fix tx timeout recovery
netxen: fix file firmware leak
netxen: improve pci memory access
netxen: change firmware write size
tg3: Fix return ring size breakage
netxen: build fix for INET=n
cdc-phonet: autoconfigure Phonet address
Phonet: back-end for autoconfigured addresses
Phonet: fix netlink address dump error handling
ipv6: Add IFA_F_DADFAILED flag
net: Add DEVTYPE support for Ethernet based devices
mv643xx_eth.c: remove unused txq_set_wrr()
ucc_geth: Fix hangs after switching from full to half duplex
ucc_geth: Rearrange some code to avoid forward declarations
phy/marvell: Make non-aneg speed/duplex forcing work for 88E1111 PHYs
drivers/net/phy: introduce missing kfree
drivers/net/wan: introduce missing kfree
net: force bridge module(s) to be GPL
Subject: [PATCH] appletalk: Fix skb leak when ipddp interface is not loaded
...
Fixed up trivial conflicts:
- arch/x86/include/asm/socket.h
converted to <asm-generic/socket.h> in the x86 tree. The generic
header has the same new #define's, so that works out fine.
- drivers/net/tun.c
fix conflict between 89f56d1e9 ("tun: reuse struct sock fields") that
switched over to using 'tun->socket.sk' instead of the redundantly
available (and thus removed) 'tun->sk', and 2b980dbd ("lsm: Add hooks
to the TUN driver") which added a new 'tun->sk' use.
Noted in 'next' by Stephen Rothwell.
[sunrpc: change idle timeout value for the backchannel]
Signed-off-by: Alexandros Batsakis <batsakis@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
The extra call to cache_revisit_request in cache_fresh_unlocked is not
needed, as should have been fairly clear at the time of
commit 4013edea9a
If there are requests to be revisited, then we can be sure that
CACHE_PENDING is set, so the second call is sufficient.
So remove the first call.
Then remove the 'new' parameter,
then remove the return value for cache_fresh_locked which is only used
to provide the value for 'new'.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
As "cache_defer_req" does not sound like a predicate, having it return
a boolean value can be confusing. It is more consistent to return
0 for success and negative for error.
Exactly what error code to return is not important as we don't
differentiate between reasons why the request wasn't deferred,
we only care about whether it was deferred or not.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
In some cases, the network device driver knows what layer-3 address the
device should have. This adds support for the Phonet stack to
automatically request from the driver and add that address to the
network device.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add IFA_F_DADFAILED flag to denote an IPv6 address that has
failed Duplicate Address Detection, that way tools like
/sbin/ip can be more informative.
3: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qlen 1000
inet6 2001:db8::1/64 scope global tentative dadfailed
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Ethernet framing is used for a lot of devices these days. Most
prominent are WiFi and WiMAX based devices. However for userspace
application it is important to classify these devices correctly and
not only see them as Ethernet devices. The daemons like HAL, DeviceKit
or even NetworkManager with udev support tries to do the classification
in userspace with a lot trickery and extra system calls. This is not
good and actually reaches its limitations. Especially since the kernel
does know the type of the Ethernet device it is pretty stupid.
To solve this problem the underlying device type needs to be set and
then the value will be exported as DEVTYPE via uevents and available
within udev.
# cat /sys/class/net/wlan0/uevent
DEVTYPE=wlan
INTERFACE=wlan0
IFINDEX=5
This is similar to subsystems like USB and SCSI that distinguish
between hosts, devices, disks, partitions etc.
The new SET_NETDEV_DEVTYPE() is a convenience helper to set the actual
device type. All device types are free form, but for convenience the
same strings as used with RFKILL are choosen.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only valid usage for the bridge frame hooks are by a
GPL components (such as the bridge module).
The kernel should not leave a crack in the door for proprietary
networking stacks to slip in.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
And also do a better job of returning proper NET_{RX,XMIT}_ values.
Based on a patch and suggestions by Mark Smith.
This fixes CVE-2009-2903
Reported-by: Mark Smith <lk-netdev@lk-netdev.nosense.org>
Signed-off-by: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the call direction is a reply, copy the xid and call direction into the
req->rq_private_buf.head[0].iov_base otherwise rpc_verify_header returns
rpc_garbage.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Iyer <iyer@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[get rid of CONFIG_NFSD_V4_1]
[sunrpc: refactoring of svc_tcp_recvfrom]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: create common send routine for the fore and the back channels]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: Use free_page() to free server backchannel pages]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: Document server backchannel locking]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: remove bc_connect_worker()]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: Define xprt_server_backchannel()[
[nfsd41: sunrpc: remove bc_close and bc_init_auto_disconnect dummy functions]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: eliminate unneeded switch statement in xs_setup_tcp()]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: Don't auto close the server backchannel connection]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: Remove unused functions]
Signed-off-by: Alexandros Batsakis <batsakis@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[nfsd41: change bc_sock to bc_xprt]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: move struct rpc_buffer def into a common header file]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: use rpc_sleep in bc_send_request so not to block on mutex]
[removed cosmetic changes]
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[sunrpc: add new xprt class for nfsv4.1 backchannel]
[sunrpc: v2.1 change handling of auto_close and init_auto_disconnect operations for the nfsv4.1 backchannel]
Signed-off-by: Alexandros Batsakis <batsakis@netapp.com>
[reverted more cosmetic leftovers]
[got rid of xprt_server_backchannel]
[separated "nfsd41: sunrpc: add new xprt class for nfsv4.1 backchannel"]
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@netapp.com>
[sunrpc: change idle timeout value for the backchannel]
Signed-off-by: Alexandros Batsakis <batsakis@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Kalle Olavi Niemitalo reported that:
"..., when one process calls sendmsg once to send 43804 bytes of
data and one file descriptor, and another process then calls recvmsg
three times to receive the 16032+16032+11740 bytes, each of those
recvmsg calls returns the file descriptor in the ancillary data. I
confirmed this with strace. The behaviour differs from Linux
2.6.26, where reportedly only one of those recvmsg calls (I think
the first one) returned the file descriptor."
This bug was introduced by a patch from me titled "net: unix: fix inflight
counting bug in garbage collector", commit 6209344f5.
And the reason is, quoting Kalle:
"Before your patch, unix_attach_fds() would set scm->fp = NULL, so
that if the loop in unix_stream_sendmsg() ran multiple iterations,
it could not call unix_attach_fds() again. But now,
unix_attach_fds() leaves scm->fp unchanged, and I think this causes
it to be called multiple times and duplicate the same file
descriptors to each struct sk_buff."
Fix this by introducing a flag that is cleared at the start and set
when the fds attached to the first buffer. The resulting code should
work equivalently to the one on 2.6.26.
Reported-by: Kalle Olavi Niemitalo <kon@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move struct rpc_buffer's definition into a sunrpc.h, a common, internal
header file, in preparation for supporting the nfsv4.1 backchannel.
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[nfs41: sunrpc: #include <linux/net.h> from sunrpc.h]
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
When new child qdiscs are attached to the mq qdisc, they are actually
attached as root qdiscs to the device queues. The lock selection for
new estimators incorrectly picks the root lock of the existing and
to be replaced qdisc, which results in a use-after-free once the old
qdisc has been destroyed.
Mark mq qdisc instances with a new flag and treat qdiscs attached to
mq as children similar to regular root qdiscs.
Additionally prevent estimators from being attached to the mq qdisc
itself since it only updates its byte and packet counters during dumps.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Handles the case when SIOCSIWSCAN specified iw_scan_req.num_channels and
iw_scan_req.channels[].
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <hs4233@mail.mn-solutions.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 is now *the* wireless configuration API. Lets also
give a little explanation as to what it is and refer people to
the wireless wiki for more information.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a classful dummy scheduler which can be used as root qdisc
for multiqueue devices and exposes each device queue as a child class.
This allows to address queues individually and graft them similar to regular
classes. Additionally it presents an accumulated view of the statistics of
all real root qdiscs in the dummy root.
Two new callbacks are added to the qdisc_ops and qdisc_class_ops:
- cl_ops->select_queue selects the tx queue number for new child classes.
- qdisc_ops->attach() overrides root qdisc device grafting to attach
non-shared qdiscs to the queues.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be used in a following patch by the multiqueue qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the multiqueue integration with the qdisc API suffers from
a few problems:
- with multiple queues, all root qdiscs use the same handle. This means
they can't be exposed to userspace in a backwards compatible fashion.
- all API operations always refer to queue number 0. Newly created
qdiscs are automatically shared between all queues, its not possible
to address individual queues or restore multiqueue behaviour once a
shared qdisc has been attached.
- Dumps only contain the root qdisc of queue 0, in case of non-shared
qdiscs this means the statistics are incomplete.
This patch reintroduces dev->qdisc, which points to the (single) root qdisc
from userspace's point of view. Currently it either points to the first
(non-shared) default qdisc, or a qdisc shared between all queues. The
following patches will introduce a classful dummy qdisc, which will be used
as root qdisc and contain the per-queue qdiscs as children.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The class argument to the ->graft(), ->leaf(), ->dump(), ->dump_stats() all
originate from either ->get() or ->walk() and are always valid.
Remove unnecessary checks.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some schedulers don't support creating, changing or deleting classes.
Make the respective callbacks optionally and consistently return
-EOPNOTSUPP for unsupported operations, instead of currently either
-EOPNOTSUPP, -ENOSYS or no error.
In case of sch_prio and sch_multiq, the removed operations additionally
checked for an invalid class. This is not necessary since the class
argument can only orginate from ->get() or in case of ->change is 0
for creation of new classes, in which case ->change() incorrectly
returned -ENOENT.
As a side-effect, this patch fixes a possible (root-only) NULL pointer
function call in sch_ingress, which didn't implement a so far mandatory
->delete() operation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some qdiscs don't support attaching filters. Handle this centrally in
cls_api and return a proper errno code (EOPNOTSUPP) instead of EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the parent qdisc doesn't support classes, use EOPNOTSUPP.
If the parent class doesn't exist, use ENOENT. Currently EINVAL
is returned in both cases.
Additionally check whether grafting is supported and remove a now
unnecessary graft function from sch_ingress.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC net/netlink/genetlink.o
net/netlink/genetlink.c: In function ‘genl_register_mc_group’:
net/netlink/genetlink.c:139: warning: ‘err’ may be used uninitialized in this function
From following the code 'err' is initialized, but set it to zero to
silence the warning.
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since our TSN map is capable of holding at most a 4K chunk gap,
there is no way that during this gap, a stream sequence number
(unsigned short) can wrap such that the new number is smaller
then the next expected one. If such a case is encountered,
this is a protocol violation.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch introduces a new sysctl option to make IPv4 Address Scoping
configurable <draft-stewart-tsvwg-sctp-ipv4-00.txt>.
In networking environments where DNAT rules in iptables prerouting
chains convert destination IP's to link-local/private IP addresses,
SCTP connections fail to establish as the INIT chunk is dropped by the
kernel due to address scope match failure.
For example to support overlapping IP addresses (same IP address with
different vlan id) a Layer-5 application listens on link local IP's,
and there is a DNAT rule that maps the destination IP to a link local
IP. Such applications never get the SCTP INIT if the address-scoping
draft is strictly followed.
This sysctl configuration allows SCTP to function in such
unconventional networking environments.
Sysctl options:
0 - Disable IPv4 address scoping draft altogether
1 - Enable IPv4 address scoping (default, current behavior)
2 - Enable address scoping but allow IPv4 private addresses in init/init-ack
3 - Enable address scoping but allow IPv4 link local address in init/init-ack
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskar.dutta@globallogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We used to perform 2 routing lookups for a new transport: one
just for path mtu detection, and one to actually route to destination
and path mtu update when sending a packet. There is no point in doing
both of them, especially since the first one just for path mtu doesn't
take into account source address and sometimes gives the wrong route,
causing path mtu updates anyway.
We now do just the one call to do both route to destination and get
path mtu updates.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We currently track if AUTH has been bundled using the 'auth'
pointer to the chunk. However, AUTH is disallowed after DATA
is already in the packet, so we need to instead use the
'has_auth' field.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The packet information does not reset after packet transmit, this
may cause some problems such as following DATA chunk be sent without
AUTH chunk, even if the authentication of DATA chunk has been
requested by the peer.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Add-IP feature allows users to delete an active transport. If that
transport has chunks in flight, those chunks need to be moved to another
transport or association may get into unrecoverable state.
Reported-by: Rafael Laufer <rlaufer@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We had a bug that we never stored the user-defined value for
MAXSEG when setting the value on an association. Thus future
PMTU events ended up re-writing the frag point and increasing
it past user limit. Additionally, when setting the option on
the socket/endpoint, we effect all current associations, which
is against spec.
Now, we store the user 'maxseg' value along with the computed
'frag_point'. We inherit 'maxseg' from the socket at association
creation and use it as an upper limit for 'frag_point' when its
set.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP will delay the last part of a large write due to NAGLE, if that
part is smaller then MTU. Since we are doing large writes, we might
as well send the last portion now instead of waiting untill the next
large write happens. The small portion will be sent as is regardless,
so it's better to not delay it.
This is a result of much discussions with Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
and Doug Graham <dgraham@nortel.com>. Many thanks go out to them.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The decision to delay due to Nagle should be based on the path mtu
and future packet size. We currently incorrectly base it on
'frag_point' which is the SCTP DATA segment size, and also we do
not count DATA chunk header overhead in the computation. This
actuall allows situations where a user can set low 'frag_point',
and then send small messages without delay.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We currently set a_rwnd to 0 when faking a SACK from SHUTDOWN.
This results in an hung association if the remote only uses
SHUTDOWNs (which it's allowed to do) to acknowlege DATA when
closing. The reason for that is that we simply honor the a_rwnd
from the sack, but since we faked it to be 0, we enter 0-window
probing. The fix is to use the peers old rwnd and add our flight
size to it.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP has a problem that when small chunks are used, it is possible
to exhaust the receiver buffer without fully closing receive window.
This happens due to all overhead that we have account for with small
messages. To fix this, when receive buffer is exceeded, we'll drop
the window to 0 and save the 'drop' portion. When application starts
reading data and freeing up recevie buffer space, we'll wait until
we've reached the 'drop' window and then add back this 'drop' one
mtu at a time. This worked well in testing and under stress produced
rather even recovery.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
If T3 timer expires, we are retransmitting data due to timeout any
any fast recovery is null and void. We can clear the fast recovery
flag.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP RFC 4960 states that unacknowledged HEARTBEATS count as
errors agains a given transport or endpoint. As such, we
should increment the error counts for only for unacknowledged
HB, otherwise we detect failure too soon. This goes for both
the overall error count and the path error count.
Now, there is a difference in how the detection is done
between the two. The path error detection is done after
the increment, so to detect it properly, we actually need
to exceed the path threshold. The overall error detection
is done _BEFORE_ the increment. Thus to detect the failure,
it's enough for the error count to match the threshold.
This is why all the state functions use '>=' to detect failure,
while path detection uses '>'.
Thanks goes to Chunbo Luo <chunbo.luo@windriver.com> who first
proposed patches to fix this issue and made me re-read the spec
and the code to figure out how this cruft really works.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The receiver of the HEARTBEAT should respond with a HEARTBEAT ACK
that contains the Heartbeat Information field copied from the
received HEARTBEAT chunk. So the received HEARTBEAT-ACK chunk
must have a length of:
sizeof(sctp_chunkhdr_t) + sizeof(sctp_sender_hb_info_t)
A badly formatted HB-ACK chunk, it is possible that we may access
invalid memory. We should really make sure that the chunk format
is what we expect, before attempting to touch the data.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
If Cumulative TSN Ack field of SHUTDOWN chunk is less than the
Cumulative TSN Ack Point then drop the SHUTDOWN chunk.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Currenlty, sctp breaks up user messages into fragments and
sends each fragment to the lower layer by itself. This means
that for each fragment we go all the way down the stack
and back up. This also discourages bundling of multiple
fragments when they can fit into a sigle packet (ex: due
to user setting a low fragmentation threashold).
We introduce a new command SCTP_CMD_SND_MSG and hand the
whole message down state machine. The state machine and
the side-effect parser will cork the queue, add all chunks
from the message to the queue, and then un-cork the queue
thus causing the chunks to get transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
If the association has a SACK timer pending and now DATA queued
to be send, we'll try to bundle the SACK with the next application send.
As such, try encourage bundling by accounting for SACK in the size
of the first chunk fragment.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We are now trying to bundle SACKs when we have outbound
DATA to send. However, there are situations where this
outbound DATA will not be sent (due to congestion or
available window). In such cases it's ok to wait for the
timer to expire. This patch refactors the sending code
so that betfore attempting to bundle the SACK we check
to see if the DATA will actually be transmitted.
Based on eirlier works for Doug Graham <dgraham@nortel.com> and
Wei Youngjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Since an application may specify the maximum SCTP fragment size
that all data should be fragmented to, we need to fix how
we do segmentation. Right now, if a user specifies a small
fragment size, the segment size can go negative in the presence
of AUTH or COOKIE_ECHO bundling.
What we need to do is track the largest possbile DATA chunk that
can fit into the mtu. Then if the fragment size specified is
bigger then this maximum length, we'll shrink it down. Otherwise,
we just use the smaller segment size without changing it further.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
If a socket has a lot of association that are in the process of
of being closed/aborted, it is possible for a remote to establish
new associations during the time period that the old ones are shutting
down. If this was a result of a close() call, there will be no socket
and will cause a memory leak. We'll prevent this by setting the
socket state to CLOSING and disallow new associations when in this state.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch corrects the conditions under which a SACK will be piggybacked
on a DATA packet. The previous condition was incorrect due to a
misinterpretation of RFC 4960 and/or RFC 2960. Specifically, the
following paragraph from section 6.2 had not been implemented correctly:
Before an endpoint transmits a DATA chunk, if any received DATA
chunks have not been acknowledged (e.g., due to delayed ack), the
sender should create a SACK and bundle it with the outbound DATA
chunk, as long as the size of the final SCTP packet does not exceed
the current MTU. See Section 6.2.
When about to send a DATA chunk, the code now checks to see if the SACK
timer is running. If it is, we know we have a SACK to send to the
peer, so we append the SACK (assuming available space in the packet)
and turn off the timer. For a simple request-response scenario, this
will result in the SACK being bundled with the response, meaning the
the SACK is received quickly by the client, and also meaning that no
separate SACK packet needs to be sent by the server to acknowledge the
request. Prior to this patch, a separate SACK packet would have been
sent by the server SCTP only after its delayed-ACK timer had expired
(usually 200ms). This is wasteful of bandwidth, and can also have a
major negative impact on performance due the interaction of delayed ACKs
with the Nagle algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Doug Graham <dgraham@nortel.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
When the sctp transport is marked down, we can release the
cached route and force a new lookup when attempting to use
this transport for anything. This way, if a better route
or source address is available, we'll try to use it.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Update the route and saddr entries for the non-active transports as some
of the added addresses can be used as better source addresses, or may
be there is a better route.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch fix to check the unrecognized ASCONF parameter before
access it.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
The return value of sctp_process_asconf_ack() may be
overwritten while process parameters with no error.
This patch fixed the problem.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Here is a patch which fixes an issue observed when using TCP over IPv6
and AH from IPsec.
When a connection gets closed the 4-way method and the last ACK from
the server gets dropped, the subsequent FINs from the client do not
get ACKed because tcp_v6_send_response does not set the transport
header pointer. This causes ah6_output to try to allocate a lot of
memory, which typically fails, so the ACKs never make it out of the
stack.
I have reproduced the problem on kernel 2.6.7, but after looking at
the latest kernel it seems the problem is still there.
Signed-off-by: Cosmin Ratiu <cratiu@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Its hard to tell if vlans are dropping frames, since
every frame given to vlan_???_start_xmit() functions
is accounted as fully transmitted by lower device.
We can test dev_queue_xmit() return values to
properly account for dropped frames.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a debugging aid I accidently left in previous 'cleanup' patch
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan_dev_hard_start_xmit() & vlan_dev_hwaccel_hard_start_xmit()
select txqueue number 0, instead of using index provided by
skb_get_queue_mapping().
This is not correct after commit 2e59af3dcb
[vlan: multiqueue vlan device] because
txq->tx_packets & txq->tx_bytes changes are performed on
a single location, and not the right locking.
Fix is to take the appropriate struct netdev_queue pointer
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the call to dev_kfree_skb() when the atm device is busy.
Calling dev_kfree_skb() causes heavy packet loss then the device is under
heavy load, the more correct behavior should be to stop the upper layers,
then when the lower device can queue packets again wake the upper layers.
Signed-off-by: Karl Hiramoto <karl@hiramoto.org>
Signed-off-by: Chas Williams <chas@cmf.nrl.navy.mil>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixed a lockdep warning which appeared when doing stress
memory tests over NFS:
inconsistent {RECLAIM_FS-ON-W} -> {IN-RECLAIM_FS-W} usage.
page reclaim => nfs_writepage => tcp_sendmsg => lock sk_lock
mount_root => nfs_root_data => tcp_close => lock sk_lock =>
tcp_send_fin => alloc_skb_fclone => page reclaim
David raised a concern that if the allocation fails in tcp_send_fin(), and it's
GFP_ATOMIC, we are going to yield() (which sleeps) and loop endlessly waiting
for the allocation to succeed.
But fact is, the original GFP_KERNEL also sleeps. GFP_ATOMIC+yield() looks
weird, but it is no worse the implicit sleep inside GFP_KERNEL. Both could
loop endlessly under memory pressure.
CC: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
